DRAFT ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
of
RATANKAMAL INDUSTRIES Located at
Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part -II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahmedabad District, Gujarat.
For
Proposed PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive Manufacturing Unit
Proposal for
ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE
Industry falls under 5(f) ‘A’ Category as per the EIA Notification, 2006. Baseline Period – October – 2017 to December - 2017
Project Proponent Mrs. Kalpanaben S Jaithaliya Proprietress, 65 F-G Soham Industrial Park, Part-II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Tahsil: Daskroi, Bareja-Mahijda, Navapura, Oholka Road, Ahmedabad, Gujarat-382425
Prepared by: Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, IDA,
Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500072. Ph: 040-23070602, 23075699. 40126589. Email: [email protected]. NABET Accreditation No: NABET/EIA/1518/SA 038
UNDERTAKING BY PROJECT AUTHORITIES
DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
Annexure – VII
Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of Ratankamal Industries at Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part -II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahmedabad District, Gujarat. I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.
EIA coordinator: Name: Yarlagadda V. Prasad Signature and Date:
Period of involvement: July 2017 - Till date Contact information: Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, IDA, Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500072. Ph: 040-23070602, 23075699. [email protected], [email protected]
Functional Area Experts:
Name of S. Functional Involvement Signature and the No. areas (period and task**) date expert/s Period: July 2017 - Till date Task: Selecting ambient air monitoring P. Suresh sites based on IMD data, Review of 1 AP Kumar the meteorological data, Process emissions and AAQ data, suggesting air pollution control measures. Period: July 2017 - Till date Task: Identification of water monitoring P. Suresh sites, estimating water requirement, 2 WP Kumar Suggesting Recycling of water, waste water treatment methods & disposal schemes. Period: July 2017 - Till date P.S.N. Task: Inventorization of Hazardous 3 SHW* Murthy waste, Solid wastes, etc., suggesting treatment options viz., landfill,
DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA 1
Name of S. Functional Involvement Signature and the No. areas (period and task**) date expert/s incineration, recycling, and stabilization. Period: July 2017 - Till date Task: Generating primary SE data, Setti VR livestock inventory and impacts,
4 SE Bhaskara conducted focused group discussions, Rao taken public opinion on the project. Identified villages wise amenities and needs. Period: July 2017 - Till date Task: Collected secondary data from forest/ agricultural/ fisheries department, generation of primary G. Raja flora and fauna data from study area & 5 EB Reddy core area, ground truthing for ecological assessment, development of status report, suggested species for greenbelt development. Period: October 2017 - Till date Task: Measurement of ground water levels from the existing wells present in and around project site, observation E. V. of surface water bodies, establishing 6 HG Naresh groundwater flow direction and its Kumar gradient and evaluation of rainfall data and suggesting suitable depth for secured land fill base, and identification of development of monitoring wells. Period: October 2017 - Till date Task: Observations made towards the Identification of country rock, E. V. development of porosity, thickness Naresh 7 GEO and extent of weathered formations, Kumar area seismicity and evaluation of soil permeability for suggesting suitable civil structures. Period: July 2017 - Till date P. Praveen Task: Meteorological & Air Pollution 8 AQ Kumar dispersion studies, suggesting
DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA 2
Name of S. Functional Involvement Signature and the No. areas (period and task**) date expert/s environmental management plan for air pollution control measures Period: July 2017 - Till date Task: Monitoring of noise / vibration Yarlagadda levels using instrument, processing 9 NV V. Prasad and analysis of Data for suggesting suitable noise mitigating measures Period: October 2017 - Till date Task: Collection of GPS readings from the project site and prepared layout, Dr. Y. preparation of TOPO map through 10 LU Rama SOI 1:50,000 scale TOPO sheet. Mohan Collections of ground through data from the field. Preparation of LU map through Satellite imagery, SOI, Google map & Ground through data. Period: July 2017 - Till date Task: Identification of Hazards and Hazardous substances from process P. Suresh & warehouse, storage tanks. Risks 11 RH Kumar and consequence analysis using software and lethality damages, DMP and EPP for onsite & offsite were provided
Functional Involvement S.No. Name of the FAAs Signature Areas Period
1 AP, AQ Y. Prathyusha July 2017 - Till date
2 HG Ch. Sindhu July 2017 - Till date
3 LU G. Sandeep July 2017 - Till date
DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA 3
Functional Name of the Team Involvement Signature S.No. Areas Members Period
1 SC G. Raja Reddy July 2017 - Till date
2 AQ G. Sandeep July 2017 - Till date
Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person I, Yarlagadda V. Prasad, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA Ratankamal Industries at Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part -II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahmedabad District, Gujarat. I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.
Signature: Name: Yarlagadda V. Prasad Designation: Managing Director Name of the EIA consultant organization: Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET Accreditation No: NABET/EIA/1518/SA 038
DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA 4
COPY OF TERMS OF REFERENCE [TOR]
Government of India Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (IADivision)
Indira Paryavaran Bhawan Aliganj, Jor Bagh Road Yogendra Pal Singh NewDelhi - 110003 Scientist 'D' F. No.J-110 111125/2017 -IAJI (I) Telefax: 91-11-24695365 E-mail: [email protected]
Dated: 07thJuly, 2017 To, The Proprietor M/s Ratankamal Industries 65 F-G Soham Industrial park, Part-2, Block no. 312-313, Timba village, Daskroi, Bareja-Mahijda, Navapura, Dholka road, Ahemdabad - 382 425, Gujarat
Sub: Proposed PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive manufacturing unit at Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part - II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, DaskroiTahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahemdabad District, Gujarat by M/s Ratankamal Industries - Terms of References - reg.
Ref.: Your online Proposal No. IA/GJ/IND2/63130/2017; dated 14th March, 2017.
Sir, Kindly refer your proposal no. IA/GJ/IND2/63130/2017; dated 14th March, 2017, along with project documents including Form-I, Pre-feasibility Report and draft 'Terms of Reference' as per the EIA Notification, 2006. It is noted that the proposal is for setting up of PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive manufacturing unit at Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part - II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tehsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahemdabad District, Gujarat by Mis Ratankamal Industries.
2.0 It is Green field project. Proposed land area is 0.461 Acres /1869 m2. Industry will develop Greenbelt in an area of 33% i.e 650 m2 out 1869 m2 of area of the project. The estimated proposed project cost is ~ 1.25 Crores. Total capital cost earmarked towards environmental pollution control measures is around ~ 18 Lakhs and the recurring cost (operation and maintenance) will be about ~ 6 Lakhs per annum.
3.0 Followingare the list of proposed products:
PROPOSEDPRODUCTSAND QUANTITIES
Total
Page 10f2 Proposal no. IAjGJ/IND2j63130j2017 4.0 Draft Terms of Reference (TOR) have been discussed and finalized during 22nd Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry-2) meeting held during 17th - 18th April, 2017 for preparation of EIA/EMP report. The Committee prescribed the following additional TOR in addition to standard TOR (refer Ministry's website) for preparation of EIA-EMP report:
A. Additional TOR
i. Public Consultation shall be done as per provisions of the EIA Notification, 2006.
5.0 These 'TORs' should be considered for the preparation of EIA/EMP for Proposed PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive manufacturing unit at Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part - II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tehsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahemdabad District, Gujarat by M/s Ratankamal Industries in addition to all the relevant information as per the 'General Structure of EIA' given in Appendix III and IlIA in the EIA Notification, 2006. The draft EIA/EMP report shall be submitted to the State Pollution Control Board for public hearing. The issues emerged and response to the issues shall be incorporated in the EIA report.
6.0 You are requested to kindly submit the final EIA/EMP prepared as per TORs and incorporating all the issues raised during Public Hearing/Public Consultation to the Ministry for considering the proposal for environmental clearance within 3 years as per the MoEF O.M. No. J-II013j41j2006-IA.11 (I) dated 8th October, 2014.
7.0 The consultants involved in the preparation of EIA/EMP report after accreditation with Quality Council of India/National Accreditation Board of Education and Training (QCI/NABET) would need to include a certificate in this regard in the EIA/ EMP reports prepared by them and data provided by other Organization(s)/Laboratories including their status of approvals etc.
/? D~, ~ .'\:;.:." 0\'\ ~."'\.~ (Yogendra Pal Singh) Scientist 'D' Copy to:- 1. The Member Secretary, Gujarat Pollution Control Board, Sector 10-A, Gandhi Nagar - 382 010, Gujarat, 2. Guard File/Monitoring File/Website/Record File. /1 D~, ~.~ .1/J\'\ ~ ..-'\ (Yogendra Pal Singh) Scientist 'D'
Proposalno.LAjGJfiND2j63130j2017 Page 2of2
TOR COMPLIANCE
TOR Compliance Ratankamal Industries
ToR COMPLIANCE
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos 1. Executive Summary Enclosed in Draft EIA Report 2. Introduction 1. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET Enclosed as Annexure accreditation 2. Information about the project proponent Chapter - I 2 3. Importance and benefits of the project Chapter - VIII 185 3 Project Description Chapter - I 1 I. 1. Cost of project and time of completion Chapter - II 8 2. Products with capacities for the proposed II. Chapter - II 16 project. 3. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is III. It is a Greenfield project available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any. 4. List of raw materials required and their source IV. Chapter - II 26 along with mode of transportation. 5. Other chemicals and materials required with V. Chapter - VII 147 quantities and storage capacities. 6. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste VI Chapter - X 209-211 generating and their management 7. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance Chapter - II 23-25 VII. diagram, man-power requirement (regular and Chapter - VIII 183 contract) 8. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow VIII. Chapter - II 17-23 sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided. 9. Hazard identification and details of proposed IX. Chapter - VII 135-146 safety systems. X. Expansion/modernization proposals a. Copy of all Environmental Clearance (s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest It is a Greenfield Project Monitoring report of the Regional Office of the X. Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided In addition, status of compliance of consent to operate for
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page I
TOR Compliance Ratankamal Industries
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.
d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish /No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted Site Details i. Location of the project site covering village, Chapter - II 8-9 Taluka /Tehsil, District and State, Justification Chapter - I 3 for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.
ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10 KMs and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 Chapter - II 13 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco- sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)
iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site Site is suitable for Industrial Establishment & 4 no need of alternative site analysis.
iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the Chapter - II 13 site. v. Google map –Earth downloaded of the project Chapter - II 10-11 site vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant Chapter - II 15 area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate /Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate. vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if Chapter - II 12
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page II
TOR Compliance Ratankamal Industries
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation /greenbelt, in particular. viii. Landuse break up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private- Chapter - II 14 agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlement, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area) ix. A list of major industries with name and type Chapter - I 4 within study area (10KMs radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included. xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km Chapter - III 33 radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of thee past 30 years, Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects) xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not Proposed land for complete, stage of the acquisition process and unit was acquired expected time of complete possession of the by Proponent land. The proposed unit xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state is established in Government policy. 0.46 Acres, so R&R is applicable
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page III
TOR Compliance Ratankamal Industries
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos
Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable) i. i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and The project area is a non- forest recommendations of the State Forest land. Department (if applicable)
ii. Landuse map base on High resolution satellite Land use map based on imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating satellite imaginary of the the forestland (in case of projects involving proposed site is presented in forest land more than 40 ha) chapter - III, Page no: 80-81
iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining Not applicable the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.
5 iv. The projects to be located within 10KMs of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere There are no National parks, Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, Sanctuaries, Biosphere the project proponent shall submit the map duly Reserves, Migratory corridors of authenticated by chief wildlife warden showing Wild Animals, within the 10 Km these features vis-à-vis the project location and buffer zone the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden –there on.
v. Wildlife Conservation plan duly authenticated Not Applicable by the chief wildlife warden of the state government for conservation of schedule 1 fauna, if any exists in the study area.
vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance Not Applicable under the wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to be standing committee of the national board for wildlife.
6 Environmental Status i. i) Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro- Chapter - III 34-37 meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page IV
TOR Compliance Ratankamal Industries
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos
ii) AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other Chapter - III 39-43 parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. ii. iii) Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 Chapter - III 45-52 weeks of al stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov.2009 along with –min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. iii. iv. iv) Surface water quality of nearby River (100m Chapter - III 54-55 upstream and downstream of discharge point and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB / MoEF&CC guidelines.
V) Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEFCC, if yes Not Applicable give details.
Vi) Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 Chapter - III 54-55 locations shall be included
vii) Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within Chapter - III 62-63 the study area.
Viii) Soil characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Chapter - III 72-73
ix) Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, Chapter - III 65-67 frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x) Detailed description of flora and fauna Chapter - III 82-93 (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a wildlife conservation plan shall be prepared and furnished.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page V
TOR Compliance Ratankamal Industries
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos xi) Socio-economic status of the study area. Chapter - III 93-98 7 Impact and Environment Management Plan i. i) Assessment of ground level concentration of Chapter - IV 108-111 pollutants from the stack emission based on site –specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. ii. iii. ii) Water Quality modeling –in case of discharge The proposed unit in water body is will employ ZLD system
iii) Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding Chapter - X 209 environment hall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor- cum –rail transport shall be examined.
iv) A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Chapter - X 194-195 Complete scheme of effluent treatment, Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E (P) Rules.
v) Details of stack emission and action plan for Chapter - X 205 control of emissions to meet standards
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VI
TOR Compliance Ratankamal Industries
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos VI) Measures for fugitive emission control Chapter - X 193
VII) Details of hazardous waste generation and Chapter - X 211 their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste – minimization, recycle/reuse/ recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.
VIII) Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured Chapter - X 211 as per fly ash notification, 2009. A detailed plan Chapter - IV 113 of action shall be provided.
IX) Acton plan for the green belt development Chapter - X 202-203 plan in 33% area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.
X) Action plan for rainwater harvesting Chapter - X 211-213 measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.
XI) Total capital cost and recurring cost /annum Chapter - X 214 for environmental pollution control measures shall be included. XII) Action plan for post –project environment Chapter - VI 123-124 monitoring shall be submitted. Chapter - X 204
XIII) Onsite and offsite Disaster (natural and Man –made) Preparedness and Emergency Chapter - VII 166-182 Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VII
TOR Compliance Ratankamal Industries
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos Occupational health i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of workers’ health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) EGG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same details regarding last month analyzed data 8 Chapter - VII 164-165 of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. Details of existing Occupational & safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within permissible Exposure level (PEL) If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers. Can be preserved, Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and safety. Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA Chapter -VI 126-127 report.
ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operation process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms/ - - 9 conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.
iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with - - the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given iv. Does the company have system of - - reporting of non compliance /violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VIII
TOR Compliance Ratankamal Industries
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report. The proposed unit will provide Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as all the facilities for construction sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to labour during construction 10 the labour force during construction as well as to phase and as well as the casual the casual workers including truck drivers during workers including truck drivers operation phase. during operation phase Enterprise Social Commitment(ESC) Chapter - VIII 1. Adequate funds (at least 5% of the project cost) The fund allocated shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise 184 for Enterprise Social social commitment based on public hearing 11 Commitment will be issues and item –wise details along with time utilized as bound action plan shall be included socio- suggested during economic development activities need to be Public Hearing elaborated upon. Any litigation pending against the project and / or any direction/ order passed by any Court or law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any No Litigations against proposed 12 notice under the section 5 of environment project (protection) Act 1986 or relevant sections of air and water acts? If so, details thereof and compliance /ATR to the notice (s) and present status of the case. A tabular chart with index for point wise Enclosed along with EIA & EMP 13 compliance of above TOR. Report A Specific ToR Details on solvents to be used, measures for 1 - - solvent recovery and for emissions control. Details of process emissions from the proposed 2 - - unit and its arrangement to control Ambient air quality data should include VOC, 3 Chapter - III 45-52 etc., Work zone monitoring arrangements for 4 Chapter - VII 148-149 hazardous chemicals Detailed effluent treatment scheme including 5 segregation of effluent streams for units NA NA adopting zero liquid discharge 6 Action plan for odour control to be submitted; - - A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufactures indicating Yet to make MOU with Cement 7 clearly that they co-process organic Industries as it is a Greenfield solid/hazardous waste generated. Project
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page IX
TOR Compliance Ratankamal Industries
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos Authorization / Membership for the disposal of Yet to take Membership of 8 liquid effluent I CETP and solid/ hazardous TSDF as it is a Proposed waste in TSDF, If any. Project 9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts. Chapter -X 211 MSDS for all the chemicals will Material safety data sheet for all the chemicals 10 be used and kept in plant for are being used/ will be used. reference. Authorization/ Membership for the disposal of Yet to take Membership of 11 solid/hazardous waste in TSDF are being used TSDF as it is a Proposed /will be used Project No proposal for installation of 12 Details of incinerator if to be installed Incinerator Risk assessment for storage and hazardous 13 chemicals/solvents, Action plan for handling & Chapter - VII 133-134 safety system to be incorporated. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of 14 Chapter - VII 148-150 workers engaged in handling of toxic materials. Additional ToR Public hearing to be conducted as per provisions Public Hearing is yet to be 1 of the EIA Notification, 2006. conducted for this project.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page X
LIST OF CONTENTS [INDEX]
Index of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
LIST OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER - I INTRODUCTION
S. No Description Page No 1.1 Identification of project & Project proponent 1 1.1.1 Identification of Project 1 1.1.2 About the Promoters 2 1.2 Purpose of the Report 2 1.3 Objective and Scope of the Study 2 1.3.1 Objective 2 1.3.2 Scope of Study 3 1.3.2.1 Environmental Impact Assessment 3 1.3.2.2 Socio-Economic Assessment 3 1.3.2.3 Regulatory Scoping 3 1.3.2.4 Justification of the Project 3 1.4 Project location and compliance of site with 4-5 selection criteria 1.5 Regulatory Framework 5 1.6 Legal Policy and Institutional Frameworks 5-7
CHA PTER - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION
S. No Description Page No 2.1 Type of the project 8 2.2 Location 8 2.3 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 8 2.4 Infrastructure / Site plan Details 14 2.5 Process Description 16 Manufacturing process, details with flow charts & 17-23 2.5.1 material balance 2.6 Details of Process Emissions 23 2.7 Proposed Water Consumption Details 23 2.8 Expected Waste Water Generation Details 24 2.9 Hazardous & Solid Waste Generation Details 24 2.10 Power(Energy) requirement 25 2.11 Utilities 25 2.12 Proposed Boilers & DG sets 25 2.13 List of The Raw Materials Product Wise 26
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
CHAPTER - III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
S. No Description Page No 3.0 Introduction 27 3.1 Study Area 27 3.1.1 Study Period 27 3. 2 Geological & Hydro geological Environment 27-28 3.2.1 Geomorphology and soil types 29 3.2.2 Geology 29 3.2.3 Hydrogeology 30 3.2.4 Ground water Conditions 30 3.2.5 Drainage Pattern of Study Area 30-32 3.2.6 Drainage Map 32 3.3 Micrometeorology And Climate 34-37 3.4 Air Environment 38-40 3.4.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) 41 3.4.2 Ambient Air Quality Data (AAQ) 42-52 3.5 Water Environment 53 3.5.1 Methodology For Water Quality Monitoring 53-61 3.6 Noise Environment 61 3.6.1 Noise Monitoring Stations 61-64 3.6.2 Traffic Study 65-67 3.7 Soil Environment 68-73 3.8 Land Use Pattern 73 3.8.1 Data Used 73 3.8.2 Land use / Land Cover Map 74 3.8.2.1 Basic concepts of land use 75 3.8.2.2 Methodology for land use / land cover mapping 75-81 3.9 Ecological Environment 82 3.9.1 Detailed Description of Flora and Fauna 82 3.9.2 Aquatic flora and fauna study location 83 3.9.3 Vegetation and Flora of the study area 84-89 3.9.3.1 Methodology for Mammals study 89 3.9.3.2 Methodology for Herpeto - fauna 90 3.9.3.3 Methodology for Birds in Study Area 91 3.9.4 RET and Schedule – I, Fauna 93 3.10 Socio Economic study 93 3.10.1 Methodology Adopted For The Study 94 3.10.2 Distribution Of Population In The Study Area 94 3.10.3 Literacy & Illiteracy Rate 95 3.10.4 Occupational Structure 96 3.10.5 Civic Amenities Available In The Study Area 9-98 3.10.6 Corporate Social Responsibility Of The Project 99 Proponent
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
S. No Description Page No 4.1 Introduction 100 4.2 Prediction of impacts during construction phase 100 4.2.1 Impact on Land Use 100 4.2.2 Impact on Soil Environment 101 4.2.3 Impact on Topography 101 4.2.4 Impact on Air Quality 101 4.2.5 Impact on Water Quality 101 4.2.6 Impact on Noise Levels 102 4.2.7 Impact on Ecology 102 4.2.8 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment 102 4.3 Mitigation measures during the Construction Phase. 102 4.3.1 Land/Soil Environment Management 103 4.3.2 Air Quality Management 103 4.3.3 Water Quality Management 103 4.3.4 Noise Level Management 103 4.3.5 Ecological Management 103 4.3.6 Social community Management 104 4.4 Prediction of Impacts during Operational Phase 104 4.5 Air Environment 104 4.5.1 Source of Air Pollution 104-105 4.5.2 Prediction of Impacts on Air Environment 105-111 4.6 Water Environment 112 4.7 Noise Environment 112 4.8 Impact on Land Use 113 4.9 Impact on Soil 113 4.10 Impacts of Solid Waste 113 4.11 Impacts on Ecology 114-115 4.12 Impacts on Socio-Economy 115 4.13 Impacts on Hydrology & Geology 115 4.14 Mitigation Measures During Operational Phase 115 4.14.1 Mitigation Measures for Air Environment 115 4.14.2 Mitigation Measures for Water Environment 116 4.14.3 Mitigation Measures For Hydrology & Geology 116 4.14.4 Measures for hazardous/solid waste 116 4.14.5 Measures for Noise 117 4.14.6 Measures for Soil Conservation 117 4.14.7 Measures for Land use 118 4.14.7.1 Impact on agriculture 118 4.14.7.2 Impact on change in topography of the land & on drainage 118 pattern 4.14.8 Measures for Socio-Economy 119 4.14.9 Health & Safety measures 119 4.15 Odour Control Measures 119 4.15.1 Handling 120
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
S. No Description Page No 4.15.2 Transportation of Raw materials 120 4.15.3 Other sources of odour nuisance are as follows 120 4.15.3.1 Control measures 120 4.15.3.2 Cleaner production practices 121
CHAPTER - V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
S. No Description Page No 5.1 Type of the project 122
CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
S. No Description Page No 6.1 Preamble 123 6.2 Monitoring Program 123-124 6.3 Infrastructural Requirement & Procurement 125 Schedules 6.3.1 List Of Instruments For Environmental Monitoring 125 6.4 Corporate Environmental Responsibility 126 6.5 Environmental Management Cell 127-129 6.6 Administrative Actions & Documentation 129 6.6.1 Data Analysis 129 6.6.2 Reporting Schedules 130 6.6.3 Environmental Monitoring Expenditure 130
CHAPTER -VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES, RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT REPORT
S. No Description Page No 7.1. Additional Studies 131 7.1.1 Scope of this Study 131 7.1.2 Methodology 131 7.2 Introduction to Risk Assessment 132 7.2.1 Objectives of Risk Assessment 132 7.2.2 Identification of Hazards 133-146 7.3 Safe Practices (Handling, Storage, Transportation 148 and Unloading of Chemicals) 7.3.1 Drums 148 7.3.2 Measures to avoid Evaporation 148 7.3.3 Safety Systems 148 7.3.4 Transportation /unloading 148 7.4 Safety Instructions for Transportation of 149-150 Hazardous Materials. 7.5 Spill Control 150
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
7.6 Effect and Consequence Analysis 150 7.6.1 Operating Parameters 150 7.6.2 Inventory 150 7.6.3 Loss of Containment 151 7.7 Major Hazards 151 7.7.1 Jet Fire 152 7.7.2 Pool Fire 152 7.7.3 Vapor Cloud Explosion 152 7.8 Damage Criteria 153 7.9 Risk Evaluation 154 7.9.1 Source strength parameters 155 7.9.2 Consequential effects 155 7.9.3 Selection of Damage Criteria 156 7.10 Heat Radiation 156-157 7.11 Explosion 157 7.12 Incidents Impact 158 7.13 Maximum Credible Loss accident Scenarios 158 7.14 Risk & Vulnerable Analysis 159 7.14.1 Risk Modeling Scenarios 159-164 7.15 Occupational Health 164 7.16 Safe Operating Procedures 164 7.17 Fire Protection 165 7.18 Static Electricity 165 7.19 Communication System 165 7.20 Safety Inspections 165 7.20.1 Predictive and Preventive Maintainance 165 7.21 Electrical Safety 165 7.22 Color Coding System 166 7.23 Disaster Management Plan 166 7.23.1 Onsite Emergency Plan 166 7.23.2 Defining the Nature/level of Emergency 166 7.23.3 Structure of Emergency Management System 166 7.23.4 Emergency Management system-Roles & 167 Responsibilities 7.23.4.1 Site Main Controller (SMC) 167 7.23.4.2 Incident Controller/Deputy Incident Controller 168 7.23.4.3 Key Personnel’s 169 7.23.4.4 Essential workers 169 7.23.5 Other Elements of DMP 170 7.23.5.1 Assembly Point 170 7.23.5.2 Emergency Control Center 171 7.23.5.3 Fire Services 171 7.23.5.4 Medical Services 172 7.23.5.5 Security Services 173 7.23.5.6 Mutual Aid 173 7.23.6 Emergency Response 174 7.23.7 Emergency Capabilities 174 7.23.8 Emergency Handling Procedures. 174-176
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
7.23.9 Mitigation of Environmental Impact during Fire 176 Emergency 7.23.10 Raising the Alarm 177 7.23.11 Declaring Major Emergency 178 7.23.12 Plant operations 178 7.23.13 Telephone Messages 178 7.23.14 Mock Drill 179 7.24 Offsite Emergency Plan 180 7.24.1 Role of the Factory Management 181 7.24.2 Role of Local Authority 181 7.24.3 Role of Fire Authority 181 7.24.4 Role of Police 181 7.24.5 Role of Health Authorities 181 7.24.6 Role of the Mutual aid agencies 182 7.24.7 Role of the Factory Inspectorate 182
CHAPTER - VIII PROJECT BENEFITS
S. No Description Page No 8.1 Employment Opportunity 183 8.2 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) & 183 socioeconomic development 8.3 Direct revenue earning to the national and state 185 exchequer 8.4 Infrastructural Benefit 185 8.5 Other Tangible Benefits 185-186
CHAPTER - IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
S. No Description Page No 9.1 Cost benefit analysis 187
CHAPTER - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN S. No Description Page No 10.1 Introduction 188 10.2 Pre-Project Environmental Management Plan 190 10.2.1 Site Preparation 190 10.2.2 Sanitation 190 10.2.3 Noise 190 10.2.4 Construction Equipment And Waste 190 10.2.5 Site Security 190 10.3 Environmental Management During Operation 191 10.3.1 Air Quality 191 10.3.1.1 Air Pollution Control / Management 191 A Stack Design 191 B Expected Process Emissions Details & Control Measures 191
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
C Action Plan To Control Ambient Air Quality As Per NAAQS 192 Standards D Fugitive Emissions from Chemical Storage 193 E Storage and Transportation of Raw Materials 193 10.3.2 Noise Pollution 193-194 10.3.3 Water Quality 194 10.3.3.1 Details of FE system 194 10.4 Hazardous/ Solid Waste Management 196 10.5 EB [Ecology & Biodiversity 197 10.6 SE [Socio-Economic Aspects 197 10.7 HG [Hydrogeology, Ground Water & Water Conservation] 198-199 10.8 GEO [Geology] 199 10.9 SC [Soil Conservation] 199 10.10 RH [Risk & Hazards Management] 20-2020 10.11 Greenbelt Development 202 10.11.1 Objective 202 10.11.2 Action Plan 203 10.12 Post Project Monitoring 204 10.12.1 Air Pollution Monitoring 204 10.12.2 Waste Water Monitoring 204 10.12.3 Ground Water Monitoring 205 10.12.4 Hazardous / Solid Waste Monitoring 205 10.13 Management of Public Interests 206 10.13.1 Objective 206 10.13.2 Preference To Local Population 206 10.13.3 Health Camps 206 10.13.4 Public Amenities 206 10.13.5 Public Relations 206 10.14. Project details 207 10.15. Process Plant and Machinery 207 10.16 Auxiliary Plants 207 10.17 Resources Avialable With The Project 208 10.17.1 Land Area 208 10.17.2 Water Requirement 208 10.17.3 Raw Material Requirement 209 10.17.4 Storage And Transportation Of Raw Materials 209 10.17.5 Power Requirements 209 10.18 Process Details 209 10.18.1 Process Description And Material Balance 209 10.19 Pollution Loads 209 10.19.1 Air Pollution Loads 209 10.19.1.1 Expected Process Emissions Details 209 10.19.2 Emissions – Utilities 209 10.19.3 Wastewater Loads 210 10.20 Hazardous & Solid Waste details 211 10.21 Proposed Roof Water Harvesting System 211-213 10.22 Investment 213
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
10.22.1 Budget allocation 214 10.23 Occupational Safety And Health Aspects 215 10.24 Socio-Economic development activities 215 10.25 Waste Minimization / Resource Conservation 215-216 5 r concept (Recycle / Refuse / Reduce / Reuse / Reform) 10.26 Conclusion 219
CHAPTER - XI SUMMARY & CONCLUSION (THIS WILL CONSTITUETE THE SUMMARY OF THE EIA REPORT)
S. No Description Page No 11.1 Salient features of the project 221 11.2 Conclusions 222
LIST OF TABLES
CHAPTER - I INTRODUCTION Table No Description Page No 1.1 Project location and Compliance of site 4-5 1.2 Applicability of legal policies to the project 6-7
CHAPTER - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Table No Description Page No 2.1 Proposed Land use details 14 2.2 List of proposed products and Capacities 16 2.3 Proposed water consumption details 23 2.4 Expected Effluent Generation details 24 2.5 Expected Hazardous/Solid Waste Generation, 24 Disposal Details 2.6 Details of Utilities 25 2.7 Emission Characteristic Details of Proposed Boiler 25 2.8 Stack Emission Details Of Proposed DG Set 26
CHAPTER - III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT Table No Description Page No Showing drainage density based criteria by smith 3.1 31 and strahler Showing drainage density based criteria proposed 3.2 32 by Long Bein Showing Drainage Density Based Criteria 3.3 32 Proposed by Horton Frequency distribution wind directions and wind 3.4 36 speed 3.5 Ambient air quality sampling locations 39
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
3.6 National ambient air quality standards 41 The maximum ,minimum & 98th percentile values 3.7 44 for all the sampling locations 3.8 Ambient air quality, station : Project Site A1 45 3.9 Ambient Air Quality Station : Timba (A2) 46 3.10 Ambient Air Quality Station : Vasai (A3) 47 3.11 Ambient Air Quality Station : Mahijda (A4) 48 3.12 Ambient Air Quality Station : Kodanyapura (A5) 49 3.13 Ambient Air Quality Station : Chandisar (A6) 50 3.14 Ambient Air Quality Station : Saroda (A7) 51 3.15 Ambient Air Quality Station : Nawapura (A8) 52 3.16 Ground Water And Surface Sampling Locations 54 3.17 Ground water quality in the study area 56-57 3.18 Surface water quality the study area 58-59 3.19 Noise monitoring locations 62 3.20 Ambient noise levels within study area 64 3.21 Traffic Study At SH - 144 66-67 3.22 Soil sampling locations 68 3.23 Soil sampling analysis results 70-71 3.24 Standard Soil Classification 72-73 Showing the Details of Sources & the Maps 3.25 73 Prepared 3.26 Showing the Topographic Maps 73 3.27 Satellite Data of National Remote Sensing Center 74 Land Use / Land Cover Statistics of the Study 3.28 79 Area Sampling locations for flora and fauna study in 3.29 83 study area 3.30 Aquatic Ecological Locations In Study Area 84 3.31 List Of Flora Found In The Project Area 84 List Of Trees, Shrubs, Grasses, Herbs, Climbers 3.32 85-88 And Herbaceous Species Found The Study Area 3.33 List Of Mammals Observed In Study Area 89 List Of Reptiles And Amphibians Observed In 3.34 90 Study Area 3.35 List Of Butterflies Observed In Study Area 91 List Of Birds (Terrestrial & Aquatic) Either Spotted 3.36 Or Reported From The Areas In And Around The 91-93 Project Site 3.37 Population Distribution 94 Distribution Of Literacy Rate And Illiteracy Rate In 3.38 95-96 The Study Area 3.39 Occupational Structure In Study Area 97
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Table No Description Page No 4.1 Emission Details From Proposed Boiler Stack 105 4.2 Emission Details From DG Set Stack 105 4.3 Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Incremental 108 Concentrations 4.4 Resultant Concentrations Due to Incremental GLC's 108 4.5 Total Water Requirement For Proposed Expansion 112 4.6 Total Waste Water Generation 112 4.7 Solid/Hazardous Waste Generation And Disposal 114 Mode From Proposed Expansion
CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Table No Description Page No 6.1 Details of the Monitoring Program 124 6.2 Corporate Environmental Responsibility 126-127 6.3 Responsibilities Of EMC 129
CHAPTER -VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES, RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT REPORT
Table No Description Page No Area Wise Identified Hazards, Precautions Taken With 7.1 135-146 Mitigation Measures. 7.2 Solvents Inventory & Nature of Hazard 147 7.3 Severity Categories and Criteria 154 7.4 Risk Matrix 154 7.5 Risk Criteria and action Requirements 155 7.6 Damages to Human Life Due to Heat Radiation 157 7.7 Effects Due To Incident Radiation Intensity 157 Damage Due To Humans, Structures and Equipment From 7.8 158 Overpressure Events
CHAPTER - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Table No Description Page No 10.1 List of Plants Proposed for greenbelt 203-204 10.2 The details of the Monitoring Program 205 10.3 Proposed Land Use Details 208 10.4 Proposed Water consumption details 208 10.5 Proposed Water Consumption In Process 208 – Product Wise 10.6 Characteristics Details of proposed Boiler 210 10.7 Stack Emission Details of proposed DG set 210
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
10.8 Expected Effluent generation details 210 10.9 Hazardous / Solid waste generation and disposal Details 211 10.10 Available Rainwater (Annual) For Harvesting 213 10.11 Proposed Budget For Environmental Management Plan 214 [EMP]
LIST OF FIGURES CHAPTER - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION Figure No Description Page No 2.1 Location map 9 2.2 Google Earth Map Surrounding Of Project 10 Area 2.3 Google Earth Map Showing Project Site 11 2.4 Latest photographs of Proposed site 12 2.5 Topomap showing 10km radius 13 2.6 Infrastructure / Site plan details 15
CHAPTER - III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT Figure No Description Page No 3.1 Showing Drainage Map Of The Project Study 33 Area 3.2 Windrose Diagram Period: Oct 2017 – Dec 2017 37 3.3 Ambient Air Quality Sampling Locations Map 40 3.4 Ground & Surface Water Sampling Locations Map 55 3.5 Noise Sampling Locations Map 63 3.6 Soil Sampling Locations Map 69 3.7 Pie Diagram Showing Land Use The In Study 79 Area 3.8 Satellite Image Of The Study Area 80 3.9 Land Use / Land Cover Map Of The Study Area 80 3.10 Diagram Showing Total Population Distribution in 95 the Study Area 3.11 The Diagram Showing Literates and Illiterates in 96 Study Area 3.12 The Diagram Showing Occupational Structure in 97 Study Area
CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Figure No Description Page No 4.1 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of SPM 109 4.2 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of SO2 110 4.3 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of NOx 111
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM Figure No Description Page No 6.1 Organisational Structure of Environment Health 128 & Safety
CHAPTER - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Figure No Description Page No 10.1 Flow chart of EMP 189 10.2 Schematic diagram Emissions Control 210 Scrubbing System 10.3 Roof water harvesting Structure 214 10.4 5 R concept 217
LIST OF ENCLOSURES
S. No Description Enclosure No 1 Accreditation details Enclosure – 1
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF EIA REPORT
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF
DRAFT EIA REPORT
OF RATANKAMAL INDUSTRIES
For
Proposed PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive Manufacturing Unit
AT
PLOT NO: 65-F & G, SOHAM INDUSTRIAL PARK, PART -II, BLOCK NO. 312 & 313, TIMBA VILLAGE, DASKROI TAHSIL, BAREJA - MAHIJADA, NAVAPURA, DHOLKA ROAD, AHMEDABAD DISTRICT, GUJARAT.
PREPARED BY
Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, IDA, Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500072. Ph: 040-65873137, 23070602, 23075699, 40126589.
Fax: 040-23070602. Mail: [email protected]
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
1. INTRODUCTION Ratankamal Industries is proposed to establish PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive manufacturing unit Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part -II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahmedabad District, Gujarat. The proposed project cost is about Rs. 1.25 Crores, which includes construction of the buildings, equipment, machinery and greenbelt development. As per the EIA Notification 14th September 2006 and its amendments from time to time, the project falls under 5(f) “A” category and require Environmental Clearance. The industry engaged the services of Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd, Hyderabad to prepare and submit the necessary documents. The consulting firm has submitted an application in prescribed FORM-I along with necessary enclosures for obtaining Terms of Reference to IA – II Division, MoEF&CC GOI, New Delhi. The project proposal was considered and appraised by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) in its 22nd Meeting held during 17th - 18th April, 2017. The MoEF&CC has given Terms of Reference vide F. No: J-11011/125/2017-IA II (I) Dated on 07th July 2017, to carryout EIA Study. The Environmental monitoring and analysis were carried out by Savant Envitech Pvt Ltd, (Having NABL Accreditation and MoEF&CC Registration) during the period of Oct – 2017 to Dec – 2017 and Draft EIA Report was prepared and submitted for Public Consultation.
1.1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The salient features of the unit are furnished below.
Table-1: Salient Features of the Project Project location Details Latitude: 22° 50‘ 07.4" North Latitude & Longitude Longitude: 72° 31‘ 27.4" East Annual Max Temp is 47.8 0C Annual Min Temp is 2.2 0C Climatic Conditions Normal Annual Rainfall is 750.9 mm (Source: IMD Climatological Normals, Ahmedabad ,1981-2010 ) Land acquired for the plant 0.46 Acres (1869 Sq.m ) Nearest Habitation Timba Village – 0.50 km (NW) Major urban Settlements Bareja – 7.0 km (ENE) Nearest Highway National Highway No.8 – 7.6 km (ENE)
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 1 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Nearest Railway station Dholka Railway Station – 15.0 km (NE)
Nearest Airport Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel International Airport 28 km (NNE) Century Ventures Giridhar Techfab Pvt. Ltd Sun Insulators Pvt. Ltd United Polyfab Gujarat Shreeji Textile Industries Lakhitia Polyfab Nova Textile Ltd Major Industries near the plant site Chiripal Poly films Nandan Denim Pvt. Ltd. Vinay Industries Unit – 2 IOCL Bareja Terminal Brady and Morris Engg Co. Ltd Laxmi Coach Builders Veeshna Polypack Pvt Ltd Shree balaji Agro Foods Industries Sabarmati River – 1.60 km (S) Water Body Near Industrial Park- 0.50 km (N) Pond near Miroli - 3.75 km (N) Water body Near Naj- 6.6 km (NE) Pond near Od - 8.90 km (NNE) Vasai Talav – 1.80 km (NNE) Girmatha Pond - 5.60 km (NNE) Vasai Canal – 5.5 km (ENE) Water Bodies within 10 km radius Bareja Lake – 7.2 km (ENE) Water body near Jatalpur – 9.0 km (NE) Pond adjacent to Mahijda – 2.0 Km (ESE) Pond near to Mahijda – 3.0 km (ESE) Pond near Kashipura – 8.60 km (ESE) Pond near Navagam - 6.6 km (SE) Vaheri Nadi – 6.7 km (SSE) Pond near Amballala - 7.8 km (SSW) Reserve Forest within 10 km radius None
2.0 PROCESS DESCRIPTION The manufacturing process of PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive consists of chemical synthesis extending to stages of processing involving different type of chemical reactions. Total production capacity of proposal will be 1200 TPM. (Given in Table -2). The unit will take adequate control measures for storage and handling of Raw materials and cylinders with in factory premises.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 2 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Table- 2: Proposed Products and Quantities S. No Product Name Quantity in MT/Month 1 PVA Emulsion 800 2 Synthetic wood Adhesive 400 Total 1200
2.1 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT & INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES A) Land Use Details: The proposed unit is in an existing area of 0.46 Acres (1869 SQM), the usage details are given table 3.
Table- 3: Proposed Land Use Details S. No. DESCRIPTION AREA IN SQM AREA IN ACRES AREA IN % 1 Total Built up Area 424.00 0.10 22.7 2 Green Belt Area 650.00 0.16 34.8 4 Roads/Open Area 795.00 0.20 42.5 TOTAL 1869.00 0.46 100
34.8 % of Land Allotted For Green Belt Development
B) Proposed Water Consumption Details
Table- 4: Proposed Water Consumption Details Water Input S.No Purpose In KLD 1 Process 19.61 2 Washings 1.00 3 Boiler make up 1.50 4 Cooling towers make up 9.00 5 Domestic 1.00 6 Gardening 2.00 Total 34.11
C) Energy Requirement Power requirement of proposed project will be made available through Gujarat Electricity Board [GEB]. The power requirement of project will be 50 KVA.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 3 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
D) Utilities: For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 0.8 TPH Fuel Briquettes fired boiler. The Fuel Briquettes requirement will be met from local authorized sources. The unit is proposing a 30 KVA DG set, for usage during the power failures.
The emission details are presented in table No.5 & 6.
Table- 5: Details of Utilities
S. No Description Capacity Fuel Briquettes fired 1 0.8 TPH boiler
2 D.G. Set 30 KVA 3 Cooling Towers 150 TR Electricity supply from 4 50 KVA GEB. Fuel 5 Fuel Briquettes Proposed - 1.2 TPD 6 Diesel 5 Liters/Day
Table- 6: Emission Characteristic Details of Proposed Boiler Particulars Units 0.8 TPH Boiler Type of Fuel -- Fuel Briquettes Fuel Consumption TPD 1.2 Ash Content % 25 Sulphur Content % 0.2 No. of Stacks No 1 Height of Stack M 11 Diameter of Stack M 0.50 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 100 Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 7.0 Particulate Matter gm/sec 0.15 Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 0.06 Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 0.08
Table- 7: Stack Emission Details of Proposed DG Set Emission Emission Emission of Stack Flue Gas Stack Flue gas Capacity of SPM in Of SO in NO dia. Temp. in Height Velocity in KVA 2 x mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 in mg/Nm3 in m OC in m in m/sec 30 KVA 60 75 100 0.2 170 8 12.5
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 4 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
E) Pollution Control Equipment: i) Cyclone separator: The denser particles which are carried away by boiler flue gases will get separated in the cyclone separator and collected in the bottom of the cyclone separator at a definite interval. ii) Boiler Stack: The adequate stack height of 11 mtrs will be provided for pollutants
(SO2, NOx, PM & CO) dispersed in a very large area so that ground level concentration is within CPCB permissible limits.
3. BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS 3.1 STUDY AREA INCLUDED IN ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING Studies were carried out in about 10 km radius area from the site with respect to meteorology, flora, fauna, land and socio-economies of the area. Further sampling and analysis of air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality were carried out. The air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality in the study area is evaluated based on this physical sampling and analysis. The base line data were monitored during the study period of Oct 2017 – Dec 2017. The study team conducted site surveys and field experiments for gathering the information on air quality, water quality, noise quality and soil quality.
3.2 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA A. Temperature: During the study period the minimum and maximum temperatures were recorded as 13.6°C and 35.9°C respectively. B. Relative Humidity: During study period at project site, the relative humidity was recorded as 67%. C. Wind Pattern during Study Period Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere has significant impacts on neighborhood air environment. The dispersion/dilution of the released pollutant over a large area will result in considerable reduction of the concentration of a pollutant. The dispersion in turn depends on the weather conditions like the wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity, mixing height, cloud cover and also the rainfall in the area. Wind speed and direction data recorded during the study period is useful in identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. Wind roses on
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 5 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries sixteen sector basis have been drawn. Wind directions and wind speed frequency observed during study period is given in Table 3.5 and wind rose diagrams are given in Figure 3.7 The following observations can be made from the collected data; Calm period is observed to be 13 % during the time of monitoring. The predominant wind direction is N, SSW & WSW. Other than predominant wind directions wind was blowing in E direction. Average wind speed 1.7 m/s Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 0.5 - 2.1 m/sec, 2.1-3.6 m/Sec with frequency of distribution percentages ranges from 65.8 & 16.5.
D. Rainfall No rainfall during the Study Period at the Project Site. Average annual rainfall is 750.9 mm.
3.3 SAMPLING LOCATION DETAILS Total eight locations were selected for Base line status. Air, Water & Noise results are presented in Table 10, 11 & 12 respectively.
3.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY The ambient air monitoring was carried out for 24 hours a day, twice a week for 12 week per location in the study area. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was carried out at eight locations during period of Oct 2017 – Dec 2017.
1. Particulate Matter (PM10)
The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM10 were recorded in the study area showed 98th percentile values in the range of 58.5 – 63.3 μg/ m3. The maximum concentration 63.3 μg/ m3 were recorded at sampling locations at project site. The 3 concentrations of PM10 are well below the CPCB standard of 100 μg/ m .
2. Particulate Matter (PM2.5) 3 The CPCB Standard for concentration of PM2.5 is 60 μg/ m . The maximum and th minimum 98 percentile concentrations for Particulate Matter (PM2.5) monitored in the study area were 23.4 – 26.3 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of 26.3 μg/ m3 was
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 6 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
at project site. The concentration of PM2.5 is well below the prescribed limit of 60 μg/ m3
3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) 98th percentile value of Sulphur dioxide in the study area from the monitored data was in the range of 12.6 – 14.9 μg/ m3. Maximum value of Sulpur dioxide of 14.9 μg/ 3 m obtained at project site. The concentration of SO2 is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3
4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Ambient air quality status monitored for oxides of nitrogen in the study area were in the range with 98th percentile values between 19.9 – 23.6 μg/ m3. A maximum value of 23.6 μg/ m3 was prevailing at the time of sampling at Mahijda. The concentration 3 of NOX is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m
5. Carbon Monoxide (CO) The maximum and minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Carbon Monoxide (CO) monitored in the study area were 0.39 – 0.58 mg/m3 respectively. Highest value 3 of 0.58 mg/ m was at the project site. The concentration of CO is well below the prescribed limit of 2 mg/ m3
6. Ammonia (NH3) th The maximum and minimum 98 percentile concentrations for Ammonia (NH3) monitored in the study area were 25.5 – 35.5 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of 3 35.5 μg/ m was at Chandisar. The concentration of NH3 is well below the prescribed limit of 400 μg/ m3
7. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) concentration in study area was found to be Below Detectable Limit of 1 ppm.
The ambient air quality monitoring results indicates that the overall air quality in the study area is within permissible standards prescribed by NAAQ Standards.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 7 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Table- 8: The Maximum, Minimum & 98th Percentile Values For All The Sampling Locations
3 3 3 3 3 3 Name of PM 10(µg/M ) PM 2.5(µg/M ) SO2(µg/M ) NOX(µg/M ) CO (mg/M ) NH3 (µg/M ) Code Sampling Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Location A1 Project Site 58.8 63.5 63.3 21.7 26.6 26.3 10.6 14.9 14.9 18.0 22.6 22.4 0.36 0.58 0.58 21.0 28.0 27.1 A2 Timba 55.3 59.3 59.3 20.3 25.9 25.9 10.5 13.5 13.1 18.3 21.4 21.1 0.40 0.56 0.54 20.0 26.0 25.5 A3 Vasai 57.1 59.3 59.3 20.2 24.7 24.6 11.0 12.9 12.8 18.0 20.9 20.8 0.37 0.51 0.50 20.0 28.0 27.1 A4 Mahijda 55.5 59.8 59.8 20.1 24.6 24.4 10.3 13.6 13.5 18.5 24.0 23.6 0.36 0.54 0.54 21.0 27.0 26.5 A5 Kodanyapura 54.2 58.7 58.5 20.7 24.2 24.1 10.1 12.7 12.6 18.0 20.7 20.7 0.31 0.51 0.50 20.0 26.0 26.0 A6 Chandisar 50.3 59.6 59.4 20.2 23.6 23.5 10.7 13.4 13.3 18.2 20.1 19.9 0.22 0.39 0.39 25.0 36.0 35.5 A7 Saroda 56.1 59.1 59.1 21.5 24.8 24.4 10.6 13.7 13.4 18.4 21.5 21.3 0.36 0.53 0.52 21.0 26.0 26.0 A8 Nawapura 55.2 60.6 60.6 20.2 23.6 23.4 11.2 14.8 14.8 19.2 22.7 22.7 0.29 0.56 0.56 16.0 29.0 28.5 NAAQ Standards’ 100 60 80 80 2 400
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 9 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.5 WATER QUALITY Water sampling and subsequent analysis was carried out to determine both the groundwater and surface water quality of the study area. Ground water samples and surface water samples were collected at 8 locations in the study area. These samples were analyzed for physical and chemical parameters to ascertain the Baseline status in the existing surface water and ground water bodies. Table-9: Water Analysis Results Ground water Surface water S. No Parameters Min Max Min Max 1 pH 7.18 7.91 7.32 7.95 2 Total dissolved solids (mg/l) 430 720 505 885 3 Total hardness (mg/l) 175 310 195 370 4 Chlorides (mg/l) 101.5 145.9 110.9 216.3 5 Fluoride (mg/l) < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 6 Sulphates (mg/l) 65.5 115 56.4 95.4
Ground water samples collected was analyzed as per the Standard methods and the water quality of the study area is found to be above the acceptable limits of IS-10500, for parameters TDS, Total hardness, Total Alkalinity, Calcium, Magnesium and Chloride.
3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT Noise level monitoring was carried out at eight locations during the period of Oct 2017 – Dec 2017.
Daytime Noise Levels (Lday) Industrial Zone: The day time noise level at the Project site was 64.2 dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 75 dB(A). Commercial Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the commercial locations were observed to be 58.1 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 65 dB(A). Residential Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the residential locations were observed to be in the range of 42.9 dB (A) to 48.4 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB(A).
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 10 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Night time Noise Levels (Lnight) Industrial Zone: The night time noise level in the Project site was observed be 50.3 dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 70 dB (A). Commercial Zone: The night time noise levels in all the commercial locations were observed to be 46.8 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB(A). Residential Zone: The nighttime noise levels in all the residential locations were observed to be in the range of 35.8 dB(A) to 38.5 dB(A). The noise levels were below the permissible limits of 45 dB(A) in nighttime at all the locations.
Table-10: Noise Levels of the Study Area Day Time CPCB Night Time CPCB S. Name of the Category of in Leq Standard in Leq Standard No Location Area/zone dB (A) Day Time dB (A) Night time 1. Project site Industrial 64.2 75dB (A) 50.3 70dB (A) 2. Timba Residential 46.0 55dB (A) 38.5 45dB (A) 3. Vasai Residential 42.9 55dB (A) 38.3 45dB (A) 4. Bareja Commercial 58.1 65dB (A) 46.8 55dB (A) 5. Mahijda Residential 48.4 55dB (A) 36.5 45dB (A)
6. Chandisar Residential 43.5 55dB (A) 37.5 45dB (A) 7. Saroda Residential 44.4 55dB (A) 35.8 45dB (A) 8. Nawapura Residential 48.2 55dB (A) 37.7 45dB (A)
3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT On data obtained, the soil quality at around the site is appropriate and normal in terms of soil contaminants.
3.8 LAND USE/ LAND COVER OF THE STUDY AREA Land use / land cover map is prepared by visual interpretation of high-resolution satellite data with the help of Survey of India Topographic maps on 1:50,000 scale. Two seasons’ data (Rabi year 2017) is used for the delineation of different units. The units are confirmed by the ground truth/field visits.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 11 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Table-11: Land Use / Land Cover of the Study Area Area in Area in S. No LANDUSE SQ.KM Percentage (%) 1 Built Up Land 27.946 8.9 2 Water Bodies 29.516 9.4 3 Crop Land 223.568 71.2 4 Waste Lands 32.97 10.5 Total 314 100
3.9 DEMOGRAPHIC AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE The total population of the study area is 1,17,577 in which male and female population constitutes about 52.30% and 47.70% in the study area respectively. The literate male and female in the study area are 46,332 and 33,466 which implies that the percentage of literacy rate is 75.34 % with male and 59.68 % with female respectively. In the study area the main and marginal workers are 39,560 (33.64%) and 5,969 (5.07%) respectively of the total population while the remaining 72,048 (61.27%) constitutes non-workers. All the Villages, in the study area, are electrified – both for Domestic Purpose and common facilities like, Street Lights, Public Water Pumping, etc. and also are provided with Domestic Water.
4.0 IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION & MITIGATION MEASURES 4.1 EXPECTED AIR ENVIRONMENT A. PROCESS EMISSIONS DETAILS No Process emissions are liberated from manufacturing process of proposed products.
B. Emissions from Boiler The Particulate matter generated from 0.8 TPH Boiler will be controlled by using cyclone separator. The sulphur dioxide (SO2) and oxides of nitrogen (NOX) from boiler will be dispersed in to atmosphere by providing adequate stack of height of 11 mtrs for effective dispersion and dilution.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 12 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
The predicted ground level concentrations when added to Baseline scenario, the overall scenario levels of PM, SO2 and NOX are well within the permissible limits as specified by NAAQ Standards.
Table 13: Resultant Concentrations Due to Incremental GLC's Maximum Incremental NAAQ Resultant Baseline Concentrations due Standards Pollutant Concentration Concentration to Proposed Project (μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m3) PM 63.3 1.29 64.59 100
SO2 14.9 0.77 15.67 80 NOx 23.6 1.02 24.62 80
4.2 Expected Effluent Water Details The waste water generation will be 3.0 KLD which is from floor & reactor washes, cooling tower blow down, boiler blow down and domestic usage. The effluent generation details are given below.
Table-14: Effluent Generation Details
Effluent S.No Particulars Treatment Method Generation in KLD 1 Process 0.00 Waste water will be reused 2 Washings 1.00 back in the process 3 Boiler Blow down 0.20 Forced evaporation. Cooling tower Blow Condensate reused in 4 1.00 Down cooling tower makeup Sent to septic tank followed 5 Domestic 0.80 by soak pit. Total 3.00
Effluent Treatment / Disposal: Waste water shall be recycled to reduce the water consumption. For waste water treatment purpose, the industry will adopt ETP and the Forced Evaporation [FE System] due to less quantity [1.2 KLD] of waste water generation from Boiler blow down & cooling tower blow down. Collected waste water will be pumped in to the above ground level tanks separately.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 13 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
4.3 Noise Environment The main sources of noise pollution in the plant operations are Boiler, Reactors, DG Set, compressors and other Noise generating units. Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading / unloading of raw materials and finished products and transporting activity may also increases the noise levels. All the noise generating equipments like motors, gear boxes and compressors will be regularly maintained with lubricating material to avoid noise generation. DG set will be provided with acoustic enclosures. A thick greenbelt will be developed along the periphery of the plant boundaries to minimize the noise pollution from the source.
4.4 Land Environment The plant activities are unlikely to alter the land-use pattern in the project site. The unit will take adequate measures for storage, handling and disposal of hazardous waste. Hence, there will be no significant adverse impact on land environment.
4.5 Ecological Environment Detailed flora and fauna studies were carried in the study area. As per baseline studies, there are no endangered, threatened & protected plants and animal species were recorded in the study area. Hence, no significant adverse impact is envisaged on ecology.
4.6 Expected Hazardous and Solid Waste Details The Hazardous / Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed project are given below.
Table- 15: Hazardous/Solid Waste Generation and Disposal Details Name of the Solid/ S. No Quantity Disposal Method Hazardous Waste Collection, Storage, Transportation & 1 Process Waste(Organic) 100 Kg/Year Incineration at CHWIF Collection, Storage, Transportation & 1800 2 Raw material Bags reused Or Sell to GPCB authorized No’s/Year vendor Collection, Storage, Transportation & 3 Empty Barrels 1200No’s/Year reused Or Sell to GPCB authorized vendor 4 Used Oil 50 Ltrs/Year Collection, Storage, Transportation &
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 14 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Sell to GPCB authorized recycler or reuse within premises 5 Ash from Boiler 300 Kg/Day Sent to Brick manufacturers 6 FE Salts 3 Kg/day Sent to TSDF
4.7. Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan The Risk assessment studies have been conducted for identification of hazards, to calculate damage distances and to spell out risk mitigation measures. The details are discussed in detail in Chapter – 7 of EIA Report.
5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 5.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE Adequate and effective environment protection measures will be planned and designed to minimize the impacts due to activities related to pre-construction (preparatory phase) of the project, machinery installation and commissioning stages and end with the induction of manpower and start up. The impacts identified during the construction phase are mainly due to site preparation, foundation work, material handling, and construction of buildings and installation of the machinery. All possible care will be taken to reduce the noise levels due to construction activity. Also, noise prone activities shall be restricted to the extent possible during night particularly during the period of 10 PM to 6 AM in order to have minimum environmental impact.
5.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE A) Air Pollution Management The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions emanating out of process reactions by providing vent condensers. Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations. Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the all the reactors. Adequate stack height of 11 Mtrs will be provided to the 0.8 TPH Fuel Briquettes fired boiler respectively. Stack monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the compliance of the stipulated norms. Apart from this Cyclone Separator will be provided to the boiler.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 15 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop greenbelt in and around its premises.
B) Water Pollution Management Effluent generated in the plant will be treated in FE system. Recovered water from FE system will reused in cooling tower makeup. The water required for process, washings, Boiler makeup & cooling towers is 31.11 KLD, which will be sourced from DM water suppliers and the water required for Domestic & Gardening purpose will be met from ground water source. Unit is proposed to recharge ground water through roof water harvesting pits in the project area and rain water harvesting pits outside plant area wherever possible to balance the water table. Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor and process equipment to reduce the amount of wastewater generated during washings.
C) Noise Pollution Management Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and / or protective measures will be provided, if required. Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation. Greenbelt Development.
D) Hazardous & Solid Waste Management To reduce the quantity of solid / hazardous waste generation as well as possible contamination of land (soil) due to spillages / leaks from the plant operations, following Mitigation measures are proposed:
There will not be any leakages / spillage from the raw-materials storage. The generated Hazardous waste will be stored on floor with suitable packing and this dedicated area will be covered with the roof. The records on quantity of hazardous waste generation and disposal will be maintained for each category and possibilities will be explored for minimization and reuse.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 16 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
E) Green Belt Greenbelt will be developed in an area of 0.16 Acres (650 Sq.m). The industry will spend 1.0 Lakh as capital cost for planting of samplings. Lists of plants suitable for greenbelt as per the local agro climatic conditions are given in the EIA Report.
5.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL Ratankamal Industries will have a dedicated Environmental Management Cell with experienced staff to look after the proper environmental management of the plant including operation & maintenance of all pollution control facilities.
5.4 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during project operation. The regular monitoring will be carried out with the MoEF&CC Registration / NABL Accredited Laboratory.
6. PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING Roof top rainwater harvesting is one of the appropriate options for augmenting ground water recharge/ storage in this industry. The following table gives expected quantity of rain water harvesting using buildings Area Roof Top.
Table- 16: Available Rainwater (Annual) For Harvesting Rainfall Runoff Total Rainwater Description Area (m2) (m/Annum) coefficient (m3/Annum) Roof Area 424 0.75 0.8 254.4 Total available rainwater (in m3/annum) 254
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 17 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE-2: PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE
7. EMP BUDGET The unit has proposed for 17.5 Lakhs as capital cost and 8.0 Lakhs as recurring cost for environment pollution control measures.
Table- 17: Proposed Budget For Environmental Management Plan [EMP] Proposed Recurring Cost S. No Particulars Capital Cost Per Annum (Rs. Lakhs) (Rs. Lakhs) 1 Pollution Control Equipment 4.0 2.0 2 FE System 10.0 2.0 3 Rain Water Harvesting 0.5 0.0 4 Green Belt Development 1.0 0.5 5 Health & Safety 2.0 1.5 6 Environmental Monitoring 0.0 2.0 Total 17.5 8.0
8.0 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT It is predicted that socio-economic impact due to this project will positively increase the chance of more employment opportunities for local people. There are no Resettlement and Rehabilitation issues involved in this project. The project infrastructures will be of use to people of the area. The revenue of the village will be definitely increased due to the proposed project.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 18 -
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
9.0 PROJECT BENEFITS Proposed project will result in considerable growth and upliftment of local community in the nearby villages by providing the employment. The project will generate direct and indirect employment to the nearby villages and the unavailable technical persons will be recruited from outside.
10.0 CONCLUSION Ratankamal Industries has committed to implement all the pollution control measures to protect the surrounding environment – adapting Forced Evaporation System for all its Effluents and Safe-Disposal of all Solid Wastes – generated either as process wastes or packing wastes. The project can definitely improve the regional, state and national economy. Industrial growth is an indication of all-round Socio-Economic Development – by generating local Employment and Business Opportunities. The implementation of this project will definitely improve the physical and social infrastructure of the surrounding area.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 19 -
CHAPTER -I
INTRODUCTION
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
CHAPTER- I INTRODUCTION
1.1 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT 1.1.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT Ratankamal Industries is proposed to establish PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive manufacturing unit Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part -II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahmedabad District, Gujarat. The industry proposed to establish a unit in an area of 0.46 Acres (1869 SQM). The Industry is having its administrative office at 14 & 15, 2nd Floor, Rudraksh Complex, Opp. Annapurna Hotel, Phase-I, GIDC, Vatva, Ahmedabad-382445. The proposed project cost is about Rs. 1.25 Crores, which includes construction of the buildings, equipment, machinery and greenbelt development.
The nearest habitation from the site is Timba Village at a distance of 1.1 km (N).
The nearest railway station is Dholka Railway Station at a distance of 15.0 km (SW) from the site.
The nearest airport is Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel International Airport at a distance of 77 km (SE).
The Nearest road ways National Highway No.8 – 7.6km (ENE) State Highway No.144 – 1.1km (S)
The co-ordinates of the Project site are Latitude: 22°50'07.4"N & Longitude: 72°31'27.4"E.
The Industry intends to manufacture PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive and requires Environment Clearance from MoEF&CC, GOI, New Delhi, Consent for Establishment and Consent for Operation from State pollution control Board. In accordance with this, Ratankamal has entrusted the EIA studies to Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd, Hyderabad to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study and preparation of EIA/EMP report in order to obtain Environmental Clearance.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 1
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
1.1.2 ABOUT THE PROMOTERS Mrs. Kalpanaben S Jaithaliya is the Proprietress of the company.
1.2 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT As per the EIA Notification 14th September 2006 and its amendments from time to time, the project falls under 5(f) “A” category and require Environmental Clearance. The industry engaged the services of Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd, Hyderabad to prepare and submit the necessary documents. The consulting firm has submitted an application in prescribed FORM-I along with necessary enclosures for obtaining Terms of Reference to IA – II Division, MoEF&CC GOI, New Delhi. The project proposal was considered and appraised by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) in its 22nd Meeting held during 17th - 18th April, 2017. The MoEF&CC has given Terms of Reference vide F. No: J- 11011/125/2017-IA II (I) Dated on 07th July 2017, to carryout EIA Study. The Environmental monitoring and analysis were carried out by Savant Envitech Pvt Ltd, (Having NABL Accreditation and MoEF&CC Registration) during the period of Oct – 2017 to Dec – 2017 and Draft EIA Report was prepared and submitted for Public Consultation.
1.3 OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY 1.3.1 OBJECTIVE The objective of the study is to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed project to meet the Environmental compliances laid down by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Government of India and also issued a circular making it mandatory to obtain Environment Clearance for 65 categories of industries. Synthetic Organic Chemicals is one of them, occupying 5th place. The study would include the description of project setting, appraisal of project activities and assessment of adverse impacts related to the location, design, construction and operation of the project. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be prepared that includes mitigation measures, including evaluation of alternatives to reduce or mitigate/eliminate the impacts that likely to cause most significant environmental burdens. As per the above notification the industry seeks Environment Clearance from MoEF&CC, GOI, New Delhi, and Consents from State Pollution Control Board is not attached since the same is to be obtained, after obtaining the EC. Preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment Report (EIA) based on one season (Three Months) data, which would be used as management planning tool for better
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 2
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
Environmental Management by suggesting control measures to avoid pollution problems arising out of the project. The report will include a detailed Environmental Management Plan (EMP). The study will be carried out incorporating all the details and requirements of State Pollution Control (SPCB) and Ministry of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climatic Change as per their requirements.
1.3.2 SCOPE OF STUDY 1.3.2.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT To assess the impact of the project on Land use, Ambient Air Quality, Water Quality, Noise levels, Ecology & Biodiversity, Hydrology & Geology, and Socio- economic status of area. To prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigating adverse impacts due to proposed project. Collection and testing of water sources and soil. To prepare environmental monitoring plan for operational phase. Green Belt development.
1.3.2.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT This Study Report covers Population, Gender Ratio, Rural & Semi-Urban Demographic Distribution, Literacy Rate and Social Amenities available in the study Area like, Transport, Sanitation, Drinking Water, Medical & Health Facilities, Employment Rate and other Developmental Indices of Villages falling within the 10 km radius of the Proposed Project site.
1.3.2.3 REGULATORY SCOPING Obtaining Consent to Establishment & Obtaining Consent to Operation from State Pollution Control Board.
1.3.2.4 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT Ratankamal Industries., Proposed to establish a PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive manufacturing unit. Polyvinyl Acetate is widely used as adhesive in furniture, construction, paper industries. It also finds major application in textile finishing. Adhesives are the most adaptable bonding agents available in the market, which remained unaffected by the recent global slowdown due to their application in a wide variety of end-user industries.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 3
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
Easy availability of Raw materials, Infrastructure and Man power results in the availability of cheaper products than imported products and also revenue to the state. Due to the above reasons, hence it is justified to set up an industry at the location.
1.4 PROJECT LOCATION AND COMPLIANCE OF SITE WITH SELECTION CRITERIA TABLE 1.1: PROJECT LOCATION AND COMPLIANCE OF SITE. Project location Details Latitude & Longitude Latitude: 22°50'07.4"N Longitude: 72°31'27.4"E Climatic Conditions Annual Max Temp is 47.8 0C Annual Min Temp is 2.2 0C Normal Annual Rainfall is 750.9 mm (Source: IMD Climatological Normals, Ahmedabad 1981-2010) Land acquired for the plant 0.46 Acres (1869 Sq.m) Land use Industrial land Nearest Habitation Timba Village - 1.1 km (N) Major urban Settlements Bareja - 7 km (ENE) National Highway No.8 – 7.6 km (ENE) Nearest Highway
Dholka Railway Station – 15.0 km (NE) Nearest Railway station
Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel International Airport 28 km Nearest Airport (NNE) National Parks Nil within 10 km radius. Century Ventures Giridhar Techfab Pvt. Ltd Sun Insulators Pvt. Ltd United Polyfab Gujarat Shreeji Textile Industries Lakhitia Polyfab Nova Textile Ltd Major Industries near the plant site Chiripal Poly films Nandan Denim Pvt. Ltd. Vinay Industries Unit – 2 IOCL Bareja Terminal Brady and Morris Engg Co. Ltd Laxmi Coach Builders Veeshna Polypack Pvt Ltd Shree balaji Agro Foods Industries Wild life sanctuary Nil
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 4
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
Sabarmati River – 1.60 km (S) Water Body Near Industrial Park- 0.50 km (N) Pond near Miroli - 3.75 km (N) Water body Near Naj- 6.6 km (NE) Pond near Od - 8.90 km (NNE) Vasai Talav – 1.80 km (NNE) Girmatha Pond - 5.60 km (NNE) Vasai Canal – 5.5 km (ENE) Water Bodies within 10 KM radius. Bareja Lake – 7.2 km (ENE) Water body near Jatalpur – 9.0 km (NE) Pond adjacent to Mahijda – 2.0 Km (ESE) Pond near to Mahijda – 3.0 km (ESE) Pond near Kashipura – 8.60 km (ESE) Pond near Navagam - 6.6 km (SE) Vaheri Nadi – 6.7 km (SSE) Pond near Amballala - 7.8 km (SSW) Reserve Forest within 10 KM None radius. Historical Places None This Study Report covers Population, Gender Ratio, Rural & Semi-Urban Demographic Distribution, Literacy Rate, Social Amenities available in the study Area like, Socio-Economic Transport, Sanitation, Drinking Water, Medical & Health Facilities, Employment Rate and other Developmental Indices of Villages falling within the 10 km Radius of the proposed Project Site.
1.5 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK The MoEF&CC, CPCB and SPCBs together form the regulatory and administrative core of the sector. Legislation for environmental protection in India for chemical industry is mainly EIA Notification- 2006, Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act -1974, Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977 Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable to industry.
1.6 LEGAL POLICY AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORKS The principal environmental regulatory authority is the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climatic Change (MoEF&CC), New Delhi which formulates environmental policies and accords environmental clearances for different projects. Table 1.2 highlights the relevant environmental legislations applicable to this project.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 5
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
TABLE 1.2: APPLICABILITY OF LEGAL POLICIES TO THE PROJECT Applicability coordinating S. No Legal frame work Objectives of the policy to the authority project Environmental Legality Prohibits the discharge of pollutants Water (Prevention into water bodies beyond a given 1 and Control of CPCB Applicable standard, and lays down penalties for pollution) Act, 1974 non-compliance Water (Prevention Provides for a levy and collection of a and Control of 2 SPCB cess on water consumed by industries Applicable Pollution) Cess Act, and local authorities 1977 Air (Prevention and Provides means for the control and 3 Control of Pollution) CPCB Applicable abatement of air pollution. Act, 1981 The Air(Prevention Defined the procedures for conducting and Control of meetings of the boards, the powers of 4 CPCB Applicable Pollution) Rules, the presiding officers, decision-making 1982 etc An act to provide for public liability insurance for the purpose of providing Public Liability immediate relief to the persons affected Director of 5 Insurance Act, by accident occurring while handling Applicable Factories 1991 any hazardous substance and for matters connected herewith or incidental thereto Environment Ministry of (Protection) Act, Environment, Ensure that appropriate measures are 1986 (EPA) Forest and taken to conserve and protect the 6 followed by Applicable Climatic Environment before commencement of amendment in Change operations. May1994 (MoEF&CC) (Schedule-I) Environmental Under its ambit, 32 types of industries Impact Assessment are liable to opt for Environmental 7 MoEF&CC Applicable Notification no. clearance from MoEF&CC by providing S.O. 1533 adequate EIA report The Environment Lay down the procedures for setting 8 (Protection) Rules, CPCB standards of emission or discharge of Applicable 1986 environmental pollutants The Hazardous Wastes Procedure for inventory, control, management handling and disposal of hazardous 9 (Management and SPCB waste. Provide for setting up of disposal Applicable Handling) Rules, sites/landfill sites design, operation and 1989 and amended closure in 2000
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 6
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries.
Solid Waste Procedure for management and 10 Management SPCB Applicable handling of solid wastes Rules, 2016 E- Waste Procedure to recovery/and/or reuse of 11 (Management SPCB useful material from waste electrical Applicable Rules), 2016 and electronic equipment
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 7
CHAPTER -II
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
CHAPTER-II PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT Ratankamal Industries, Proposed to establish a PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive manufacturing unit at Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part -II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahmedabad District, Gujarat. The industry proposes to establish unit in an area of 0.46 Acres (1869 SQM). The Industry is having its office 14 & 15, 2nd Floor, Rudraksh Complex, Opp. Annapurna Hotel, Phase-I, GIDC, Vatva, Ahmedabad - 382445. The proposed project cost is about Rs. 1.25 Crores, which includes construction of the buildings, equipment, machinery and greenbelt development.
2.2 LOCATION The proposed site offers good connectivity and infrastructure availability. The site is connected to National Highway No.8, also through internal road network to Ratankamal Industries. The proposed site is located about 7.0 km from Bareja town. The Nearest Railway Station Dholka is at distance of 15 km. Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel International Airport is about 28 km from the site. Ratankamal Industries, Proposed to establish an Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive manufacturing unit at Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part -II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahmedabad District, Gujarat. The industry proposes to establish unit in an area of 0.46 Acres (1869 SQM).
2.3 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION The industry intends to obtain approval within one year and to implement the recommendations. The industry proposes to implement the recommendations of the Authorities from construction stage.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 8
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE 2.1: LOCATION MAP
RATANKAMAL INDUSTRIES
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 9
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE 2.2: GOOGLE EARTH MAP SURROUNDING OF PROJECT AREA
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 10
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE 2.3: GOOGLE EARTH MAP SHOWING PROJECT SITE
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 11
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE 2.4: LATEST PHOTOGRAPHS OF PROJECT SITE
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 12
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE 2.5: TOPO MAP SHOWING 10KM RADIUS
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 13
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
2.4 SITE / INFRASTRUCTURE DETAILS Ratankamal Industries is a Greenfield project intended to start a manufacturing unit of PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesives at Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part -II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahmedabad District, Gujarat.
The proposed project is in an area of 0.46 Acres (1869 Sq.m). The project area falls at the intersection of Latitude: 22°50'07.4" North, Longitude: 72°31'27.4" East. The nearest railway station is Dholka Railway Station which is 15 km (NE). The National Highway - 8 is 7.6 km (ENE) from the project site. The land usage details are given in Table 2.1.
TABLE 2.1: LAND USE DETAILS S. No. DESCRIPTION AREA IN SQM AREA IN ACRES AREA IN % 1 Total Built up Area 424.00 0.10 22.7 2 Green Belt Area 650.00 0.16 34.8 3 Roads / Open Area 795.00 0.20 42.5 TOTAL 1869.00 0.46 100
34.8 % of Land Allotted For Green Belt Development
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 14
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE 2.6: SITE PLAN
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 15
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
2.5 PROCESS DESCRIPTION The manufacturing process of PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive consists of chemical synthesis extending to stages of processing involving different type of chemical reactions. Total production capacity of proposal will be 1200 TPM. (Given in Table - 2.2). The unit will take adequate control measures for storage and handling of Raw materials and cylinders with in factory premises.
TABLE 2.2: LIST OF PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND CAPACITIES S. No Product Name Quantity in MT/Month 1 PVA Emulsion 800 2 Synthetic wood Adhesive 400 Total 1200
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 16
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
2.5.1 MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF THE PRODUCTS POLYVINYL ACETATE EMULSION Process Description:
Charge DM water in polymerization kettle and add polyvinyl alcohol and stir for three hour. After one hour add Vinyl acetate monomer in duration of 8 hours in presence of Potassium per sulphate, Sodium bi carbonate and Di butyl phthalate. To avoid foaming Silicon defoamer is used.
The mixture is stirred for one more hour. Poly vinyl acetate emulsion is ready for packing.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 17
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Route of Synthesis
O
O OH H3C O
O + n n
Vinyl acetate Manomer Polyvinyl alcohol Poly vinyl acetate
+ H2O
Water
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 18
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
POLYVINYL ACETATE EMULSION Flow Chart
Poly Vinyl alcohol Reactor-1 Water Vinyl acetate Monomer
Potassium persulphate (Lot-1) Sodium bi carbonate Reactor-2 Water 8 Hours
Potassium persulphate (Lot-2) Water Addition Silicon Defoamer Di butyl pthlate (Plasticizers)
Polyvinyl acetate Emulsion
Packing
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 19
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
PRODUCT : POLY VINYL ACETATE EMULSION
Production Target : 800 MT/ Month
Base : 1000 Kgs
Material Balance: Quantity in Quantity in S.No Input Output Kgs Kgs 1 Vinyl Acetate monomer 480.00 2 Poly vinyl alcohol 20.00 3 Sodium bi carbonate 1.70 Poly vinyl 4 Potassium Persulphate 1.30 Acetate 1000.00 5 Di butyl Phthalate 20.00 Emulsion (Plasticizer) 6 DM water 477.00 Total 1000.00 Total 1000.00
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 20
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
SYNTHETIC WOOD ADEHESIVE Process Description: Charge DM water and add Poly vinyl alcohol in to overhead vessel. Agitate for 3 Hours, add reaction mass in to another reactor containing water, Sodium bi carbonate and Potassium per sulphate. Add vinyl acetate monomer slowly in duration of 8 hours in presence of Potassium per sulphate, Sodium bi carbonate and Di butyl phthalate. To avoid foaming, silicon defoamer is used. Then add 20% solution of Poly vinyl alcohol.
Synthetic wood adhesive is ready for packing
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 21
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
SYNTHETIC WOOD AHESIVE
Flow Chart
Vinyl acetate Poly Vinyl alcohol Reactor-1 Monomer Water
8 Hours Potassium persulphate addition Sodium bi carbonate Reactor-2 Water Dibutyl phthalate Silicon Defoamer
20% Vinyl Alcohol Wood adhesive
Packing
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 22
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
PRODUCT : SYNTHETIC WOOD AHESIVE Production Target : 400 MT/ Month Base : 1000 Kgs Material Balance: Quantity in Quantity in S.No Input Output Kgs Kgs 1 Vinyl Acetate monomer 400.00 2 Poly vinyl alcohol 60.00 3 Sodium bi carbonate 1.70 Synthetic 4 Potassium Persulphate 1.30 wood 1000.00 5 Di butyl Phthalate 20.00 Adhesive (Plasticizer) 6 DM water 517.00 Total 1000.00 Total 1000.00
2.6 DETAILS OF PROCESS EMISSIONS No Process emissions are liberated from manufacturing process of proposed products.
2.7 PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS The Total water consumption for the proposed project is 34.11 KLD. Water consumption details are given in below Table. No. 2.5
TABLE- 2.3: PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS Water Input S.No Purpose In KLD 1 Process 19.61 2 Washings 1.00 3 Boiler make up 1.50 4 Cooling towers make up 9.00 5 Domestic 1.00 6 Gardening 2.00 Total 34.11
The water required for process, washings, Boiler makeup & cooling towers is 31.11 KLD, which will be sourced from DM water suppliers and the water required for Domestic & Gardening purpose will be met from ground water source.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 23
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
2.8 EXPECTED WASTE WATER GENERATION DETAILS TABLE-2.4: EXPECTED EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS
Effluent S.No Particulars Treatment Method Generation in KLD 1 Process 0.00 - Waste water will be 2 Washings 1.00 reused back in the process 3 Boiler Blow down 0.20 Forced evaporation. Condensate reused in 4 Cooling tower Blow Down 1.00 cooling tower makeup Sent to septic tank 5 Domestic 0.80 followed by soak pit. Total 3.0
2.9 HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION DETAILS The Hazardous/Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed project are given below.
TABLE- 2.5: EXPECTED HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE GENERATION, DISPOSAL DETAILS Name of the Solid/ S. No Quantity Disposal Method Hazardous Waste Collection, Storage, Transportation & 1 Process Waste(Organic) 100 Kg/Year Incineration at CHWIF Collection, Storage, Transportation & 1800 2 Raw material Bags reused Or Sell to GPCB authorized No’s/Year vendor Collection, Storage, Transportation & 3 Empty Barrels 1200No’s/Year reused Or Sell to GPCB authorized vendor Collection, Storage, Transportation & 4 Used Oil 50 Ltrs/Year Sell to GPCB authorized recycler or reuse within premises 5 Ash from Boiler 300 Kg/Day Sent to Brick manufacturers 6 FE Salts 3 Kg/day Sent to TSDF
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 24
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
2.10 POWER (ENERGY) REQUIREMENT Power requirement of proposed project will be made available through Gujarat Electricity Board [GEB]. The power requirement of project will be 50 KVA.
2.11 UTILITIES
TABLE - 2.6: DETAILS OF UTILITIES
S. No Description Capacity
Fuel Briquettes fired 1 0.8 TPH boiler
2 D.G. Set 30 KVA
3 Cooling Towers 150 TR
Electricity supply from 4 50 KVA GEB. Fuel 5 Fuel Briquettes Proposed - 1.2 TPD 6 Diesel 5 Liters/Day
2.12 PROPOSED BOILER & DG SET For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 0.8 TPH Fuel Briquettes fired boiler. The Fuel Briquettes requirement will be met from local authorized sources. The unit is proposing a 30 KVA DG set, for usage during the power failures.
TABLE- 2.7: EMISSION CHARACTERISTIC DETAILS OF PROPOSED BOILER Particulars Units 0.8 TPH Boiler Type of Fuel -- Fuel Briquettes Fuel Consumption TPD 1.2 Ash Content % 25 Sulphur Content % 0.2 No. of Stacks No 1 Height of Stack M 11 Diameter of Stack M 0.50 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 100 Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 7.0 Particulate Matter gm/sec 0.15 Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 0.06 Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 0.08
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 25
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE- 2.8: STACK EMISSION DETAILS OF PROPOSED DG SET Emission Emission Emission of Stack Flue Gas Stack Flue gas Capacity of SPM in Of SO in NO dia. Temp. in Height Velocity in KVA 2 x mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 in mg/Nm3 in m OC in m in m/sec 30 KVA 60 75 100 0.2 170 8 12.5
2.13 LIST OF THE RAW MATERIALS PRODUCT WISE Capacity S.No. Raw Material Name (MT/Month) PVA Emulsion 1. Poly vinyl alcohol 16.0 2. Vinyl acetate monomer 384.0 3. Sodium Bi Carbonate 1.36 4. Potassium Persulphate 1.04 5. DPB plasticizer 16.0 6. D M Water 381.6 Synthetic Wood Adhesive 1. Poly vinyl alcohol 24.0 2. Vinyl acetate monomer 160.0 3. Sodium Bi Carbonate 0.68 4. Potassium Persulphate 0.52 5. DPB plasticizer 8.0 6. DM Water 206.8
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 26
CHAPTER -III
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
CHAPTER-III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.0 INTRODUCTION Baseline data generation is a part of the Environmental Impact Assessment study, which helps to evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the study area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impact assessment methodologies. This further helps in preparing an Environment Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the environmental quality and scope for future improvements for environmentally sustainable development. The baseline environmental study also helps to identify the critical environmental attributes, which are required to be monitored after implementation of the project. This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the study area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The existing environmental setting is considered to adjudge the baseline conditions which are described with respect to climate, hydro-geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, vegetation pattern, ecology, socio-economic profile, landuse, places of archaeological importance etc.
3.1 STUDY AREA Ratankamal Industries proposed manufacturing unit is located at Plot No:65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part -II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahmedabad District, Gujarat.
3.1.1 Study Period The baseline data was collected for the study area during the period of Oct 2017 – Dec 2017.
3.2 Geological & Hydrogeological Environment Scope and Methodology In any given environment the occurrence and movement of ground water and its quality and quantity is chiefly controlled and governed by many factors such as geographical set- up, climate and rainfall conditions, hydrological features, topography, soil characteristics, the nature and thickness of underlying frock formations and other related aspects that prevail in an area. Therefore the study envisages indentifying the existing ground water
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 27 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries conditions comprising both quality and potential within the project site and its neighborhood, relating the projected utilization for the production, identifying the likely impacts on surface and ground water resources and indicating mitigation measures. In order to accomplish the proposed objective of the study, the scope and methodology adopted is as follows: Collection of the relevant data contained in the EIA and EMP Reports, from the reports and maps of Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) Geological Survey of India (GSI), other Institutions and Departments. Collection of the relevant data contained in the EIA and EMP Reports, from the reports and maps of Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) Geological Survey of India (GSI), other Institutions and Departments. Identify Inter- related and Inter – dependent key factors that play vital role in the occurrence of ground water its quality and potential. Identify surface water resources in the project site and its catchment area. Assess the ground water resource potential in the catchment area of the project site. Bring out various events and processes that comprise the project activity. Identify the site specific environmental issues and mitigation measures and Compile a consolidated, comprehensive and meaningful report of the Project site and its catchment area.
The field investigations were carried out to study surface rock outcrops, geological cross sections in the road cuttings. Inventory of wells representing the entire watershed area was carried out. Water levels were measured in the Dug wells and bore wells. Information already available and the data collected during the survey is collated and analyzed to comprehend the overall ground water situation in the area. An attempt is made to predict the likely changes that could occur on account of the proposed PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesives manufacturing and certain mitigation measures have been indicated to avoid adverse effect on the ground water environment.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 28 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.2.1 Geomorphology and Soil Types: Geomorphologically the district can be divided into two zones, the major portion of it forms a flat planar topography except for a few rocky features in the extreme southern portion. The spreading of alluvial bed of Sabarmati river from end to end of the district is an important natural feature being observed. Below the city, on the left bank of the river and also midway between it and the Khari river are few small rises. But every where else, the surface of the ground is unbroken on every side, except the north, with groves of various trees. Along the Right Bank of Sabarmati river, the prominent characteristics of Dascroi pass into Dholka. However towards west and south-west they pass into fertile but absolutely flat and monotonous black soil of the Bhal. The area from Dholka to Bavliari creek along the coast is characterised by salty and marshy land. Along the western border, the land passes into a reddish form.
3.2.2 Geology The area is almost entirely occupied by the sediments of quaternary era. Only in the southwestern part of the Ahmedabad district basalt flows of the deccanvolcanics of upper cretaceous to Eocene age are exposed. The quaternary sediments include oolitic to sandy limestone with intercalated grit and sandstone (Miliolite formation) and minor isolated outcrops of variegated clay. Siltstone and marl (Vend formation) of pliestocene are. Sediments of Holocene age comprise Rann Clay formation (tidal flat deposits) and mahuva formation (shoal, spit/bar, tidal flat and tidal marsh deposits) deposited by marine agencies, Katpur formation and varahi formation by fluvial agencies,Akhaj formation (sand sheet and sand dunes, stabilized) and jantral formation.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 29 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.2.3 Hydrogeology Occurrence and movement of ground water is governed by the extent and thickness of weathered zone, presence and interconnections of joint and fracture systems, which provides secondary porosity. The thickness of the weathered zone of the basalt ranges from less than one meter to more than 6 m and the joints and fracture system is prevalent down to a maximum depth of 80 to 90 mbgl in the basaltic terrain. The occurrence of vesicles and amygdales in the flows of the trap rocks and solution cavities in the limestone formations and the geological contact between limestone and basalt are other factors favourable for ground water storage and movement.
A drainage map of the area around the project is shown in Figure 3.1.
3.2.4 Groundwater Conditions: Ground water occurs in the weathered and fissured zones mainly under water table conditions. It occasionally occurs under semi-confined conditions in the event of comparatively deeper fracture system in these formations. These fissured formations do not form good repository of groundwater, compared to porous unconsolidated sedimentary formations. Groundwater is being developed in these formations by means of dug and dug- cum-bored wells. Depth of dugwells ranges between 5 and 38.5 mbgl whereas depth of dug-cum-bored wells varies between 15 and 78 mbgl in the case of fissured basaltic formations. Depth of dugwells in the limestone formations varies between 12 and 38 mbgl. Deeper wells are constructed in the western part in these formations. Depth to water levels in basaltic formation varies between 4 and 25 mbgl. In the limestone formation it varies between 12 and 33 mbgl. The deeper water levels are recorded towards western part of the area. The average yield of the wells in the trap formations varies between 50 and 1000 cu.m/day and of the wells in the limestone varies between 50 and 200 cu.m/day.
3.2.5 Drainage Pattern of Study Area Dendritic drainage indicates homogenous rocks, the trellis, rectangular and parallel drainage patterns indicate structural and lithological controls. The coarse drainage texture indicates highly porous and permeable rock formations; whereas fine drainage texture is more common in less pervious formations. Weathering profile controls of ground water and above all discharge of surface water along the major streams and rivers. Fractured pattern and other structural features control drainage pattern in hard rocks. Slope / gradient of
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 30 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries area coupled with drainage density decide the weathering profile. These two factors synthesized with rainfall (of a given area) provide information on the ground water potential (weathering profile, structural factors) and discharge of surface water along streams. Weathering profile increases groundwater potential, slope/gradient together with runoff controls the thickness of weathered zone. Major faults, lineaments sometimes connects two are more watersheds (Drainage Basins) and act as conduits (Interconnecting channel ways). Flow of groundwater along these week zones is an established fact. A proper understanding of the major faults, their influence of groundwater flow has to be understood from drainage system and its controls. The study of the drainage for the present purpose is to understand that, to what extent the ground water would be affected by the water pollutants. Survey of India Topomaps, satellite data of summer season are the main input data for preparation of drainage map. The drainage map is prepared using Toposheets of Survey of India on 1:50,000 scale and updated using latest satellite data wherever deviations and new developments are observed.
Step I: All the rivers its tributaries and drainage network shown on the Toposheets are captured. The boundaries of all rivers/water bodies with names appearing are captured from Toposheets. The drainage is drawn from whole to part, i.e., from the rivers to tributaries to first drains to second order drains to third order drains. Step II: Based on the post monsoon satellite image extent of water spread and dry parts are updated. The water bodies which did not exist at the time of survey of Toposheets, if any are also captured based on satellite imagery. The study area forms part of Mahanadi river basin the southern of the area from western part, towards East. All these rivers and rivulets get dry for major part of the year and carry heavy floods during rainy season. The drainage map of study area has showing in figure 3.1
Table 3.1 Showing drainage density based criteria by smith and strahler.
Drainage Texture Runoff Infiltration Relief Stratum Density < 5.0 Coarse (High) High Low High High Impermeable 5.0 - 13.7 Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Permeable 13.7 - 155.3 Ultra fine (Low) Low High Low Good Permeable
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 31 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Table 3.2 Showing drainage density based criteria proposed by Long Bein
Drainage Density Areas Runoff 0.55 - 2.09 Steep Impervious Areas High 1.03 Humid Regions High
Table 3.3 Showing Drainage Density Based Criteria Proposed by Horton
Drainage Density Stratum Runoff 0.9 - 1.29 Steep Impervious Areas High < 0.9 Permeable High Infiltration Areas Low
3.2.6 Drainage Map This Draingae map consists of all water bodies, rivers, tributaries, perennial & ephemeral streams, reservoirs, tanks, ponds and the entire drainage network from first order originating in the area to the last order joining the rivers, tributaries and tanks based on topography. Understanding the importance of drainage depends on the purpose and the objective of the project. For the present study purpose the following factors have to be understood and extracted from the study of the drainage pattern. Drainage network helps in delineation of watersheds. Drainage density and type of drainage gives information related to runoff, infiltration relief and permeability.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 32 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE 3.1 SHOWING DRAINAGE MAP OF THE PROJECT STUDY AREA Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 33 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.3 Micrometeorology and Climate The meteorological data recorded during the study period is very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input to prediction models for air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying general meteorological regime of the region. Automatic weather station was installed in the project site at about 10 m above the ground level. On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to record the site-specific data. Data was recorded every hour continuously from Oct 2017 – Dec 2017. The critical weather elements that influence air pollution are wind speed, wind direction, temperature, which together determines atmosphere stability. The details of the temperature, relative humidity and rainfall observed during study period (Oct 2017 – Dec 2017) are given below.
A. Temperature: During the study period the minimum and maximum temperatures were recorded as 13.6°C and 35.9°C respectively.
B. Relative Humidity: During study period at project site during study period, the relative humidity was recorded as 67%
C. Rainfall No rainfall during the study period at project site. Average Annual Rainfall is 750.9 mm.
D. Wind pattern Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere has significant impacts on neighborhood air environment. The dispersion/dilution of the released pollutant over a large area will result in considerable reduction of the concentration of a pollutant. The dispersion in turn depends on the weather conditions like the wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity, mixing height, cloud cover and also the rainfall in the area. Wind speed and direction data recorded during the study period is useful in identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. Wind roses on
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 34 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries sixteen sector basis have been drawn. Wind directions and wind speed frequency observed during study period is given in Table 3.4 and wind rose diagrams are given in Figure 3.2 The following observations can be made from the collected data; Calm period is observed to be 13 % during the time of monitoring. The predominant wind direction is N, SSW & WSW. Other than predominant wind directions wind was blowing in E direction. Average wind speed 1.7 m/s Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 0.5 - 2.1 m/sec, 2.1-3.6 m/Sec with frequency of distribution percentages ranges from 65.8 & 16.5.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 35 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.4: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION WIND DIRECTIONS AND WIND SPEED Wind Classes (m/s) S. No Wind Directions 0.5 - 2.1 2.1 - 3.6 3.6 - 5.7 5.7 - 8.8 8.8 - 11.1 >= 11.1 Total (%) 1 N 348.75 - 11.25 12.8 2.9 0.8 0.1 0 0 16.6 2 NNE 11.25 - 33.75 4.7 1.1 0.5 0 0 0 6.3 3 NE 33.75 - 56.25 4.4 0.9 0.5 0 0 0 5.8 4 ENE 56.25 - 78.75 3.1 0.7 0.4 0.1 0 0 4.3 5 E 78.75 - 101.25 2.2 0.4 0 0.1 0 0 2.7 6 ESE 101.25 - 123.75 0.2 0 0 0 0 0 0.2 7 SE 123.75 - 146.25 1.4 0.2 0.1 0 0 0 1.7 8 SSE 146.25 - 168.75 1.2 0.2 0.3 0 0 0 1.7 9 S 168.75 - 191.25 1.6 0.4 0.1 0.1 0 0 2.2 10 SSW 191.25 - 213.75 10.3 4 0.8 0 0 0 15.1 11 SW 213.75 - 236.25 1.5 0.9 0.1 0 0 0 2.5 12 WSW 236.25 - 258.75 9.5 2.9 0.5 0 0 0 12.9 13 W 258.75 - 281.25 2 0.6 0.1 0 0 0 2.7 14 WNW 281.25 - 303.75 1.6 0.3 0 0 0 0 1.9 15 NW 303.75 - 326.25 6.5 0.7 0.1 0 0 0 7.3 16 NNW 326.25 - 348.75 2.8 0.3 0 0 0 0 3.1 Sub-Total 65.8 16.5 4.3 0.4 0 0 87 Calms 13
Missing/Incomplete 0
Total 100
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 36 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE 3.2: WINDROSE DIAGRAM PERIOD: OCT 2017 – DEC 2017
Source: WRPLOT VIEW - Lakes Environmental Software
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 37 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT The ambient air quality with respect to the study area of 10 km radius around the plant site forms the baseline information. The various sources of air pollution in the region are industrial, traffic and rural activities. This will also be useful for assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during the plant operation. The study area represents mostly rural environment. The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network in the air quality surveillance programme has been based on the following considerations:
Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale Topography of the study area. Representation of plant site. Influence of the existing sources (if any) are to be kept at minimum Inclusion of major distinct villages to collect the baseline status. Representation of down wind direction. Representation of upwind direction. Representation of cross sectional distribution in the down wind direction.
The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in accordance with National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) of CPCB. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was carried out at eight locations for 2 days per week for 12 weeks during study period and the locations are shown in Figure 3.3. The locations of the different stations with respect to its distance and direction from project site are shown in Table 3.5.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 38 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.5: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS Name of Sampling Distance (km) Direction w.r.t S.No. Code Location w.r.t Project Project 1 A1 Project Site - - 2 A2 Timba 1.10 N 3 A3 Vasai 2.00 NE 4 A4 Mahijda 1.72 SE 5 A5 Kodanyapura 4.10 SSW 6 A6 Chandisar 5.20 SW 7 A7 Saroda 3.42 WSW 8 A8 Nawapura 2.35 WNW
The monitoring was carried out for a three month period (Oct 2017 – Dec 2017) at a frequency of twice a week at each station adopting a continuous 24- hour schedule. The following parameters were monitored in the study area :
Particulate Matter (PM10)
Particulate Matter (PM2.5)
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Carbon Monoxide (CO)
Ammonia (NH3) Volitail Organic Compounds (VOC)
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 39 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE 3.3: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 40 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.4.1. National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009 for the notified Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Areas as well as Sensitive Areas are presented in table below. The state has not promulgated separate Ambient Air Quality Standards.
TABLE 3.6: NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS Concentration in Ambient Air Industrial Time Ecologically S. Area Methods of Pollutant Weighted sensitive area No Residential, measurement Average (Notified by Rural & Central Govt) other Areas Annual * 50 20 -Improved West and 1 Sulphur Dioxide 3 24 hours** 80 80 Gaeke method (SO2) µg/m -Ultraviolet fluorescence Oxides of Annual * 40 30 -Modified Jocob and 2 Nitrogen as NO2 24 hours** 80 80 Hochheise(NaArsenite ) µg/m3 -Chemiluminescence Particulate matter Annual * 60 60 -Gravimetric 3 (size Less than 24 hours** 100 100 -TOEM 10µm) µg/m3 -Beta attenuation Particulate matter Annual * 40 40 -Gravimetric 4 (size less than 24 hours** 60 60 -TOEM 2.5 µm) µg/m3 -Beta attenuation 8 hours** 100 100 - UV Photometric 5 3 -Chemiluminescence Ozone µg/m 1 hour** 180 180 -Chemical method Annual * 0.50 0.50 -AAS/ICP method for Lead (Pb) sampling on EPM 2000 6 or Equivalent Filter µg/m3 24 hours** 1.0 1.0 paper -ED -XRF using Teflon filter paper 8 -Non Dispersive Infra 7 Carbon 02 02 3 hours** Red (NDIR) Monooxide mg/m 1 hour ** 04 04 spectroscopy Annual * 100 100 -Chemiluminescence Ammonia (NH3) 8 -Indo-Phenol Blue µg/m3 24 hours** 400 400 method -GC based continuous analyzer 9 Benzene µg/m3 Annual * 05 05 - Adsorption & desorption followed by GC analysis 10 Benzo(a) pyrene -Solvent extraction (BaP)- Particulate Annual * 01 01 followed by GC/HPLC Phase only ng/m3 extraction AAS/ICP method for 3 sampling on EPM2000 11 Arsenic ng/m Annual * 06 06 OR Equivalent Filter paper 3 -AAS/ICP method for 12 Nickel ng/m Annual * 20 20 sampling on EPM2000
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 41 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Concentration in Ambient Air Industrial Time Ecologically S. Area Methods of Pollutant Weighted sensitive area No Residential, measurement Average (Notified by Rural & Central Govt) other Areas OR Equivalent Filter paper G.S.No.826 (E) dated 16th November, 2009. Vide letter no. F. No. Q-15017/43/2007-CPW. *Average Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken for a week 24 hourly at uniform interval. **24 hourly/8 hourly values should meet 98 percent of the time in a year.
3.4.2. Ambient Air Quality Data (AAQ) The Maximum, Minimum & 98th percentile values for all the sampling are shown in Table 3.7. The location wise monitored Ambient Air Quality details are presented in Table 3.8 to Table 3.15.
1. Particulate Matter (PM10)
The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM10 were recorded in the study area showed 98th percentile values in the range of 58.5 – 63.3 μg/ m3. The maximum concentration 63.3 μg/ m3 were recorded at sampling locations at
project site. The concentrations of PM10 are well below the CPCB standard of 100 μg/ m3.
2. Particulate Matter (PM2.5) 3 The CPCB Standard for concentration of PM2.5 is 60 μg/ m . The maximum and th minimum 98 percentile concentrations for Particulate Matter (PM2.5) monitored in the study area were 23.4 – 26.3 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of 26.3 μg/ 3 m was at project site. The concentration of PM2.5 is well below the prescribed limit of 60 μg/ m3
3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) 98th percentile value of Sulphur dioxide in the study area from the monitored data was in the range of 12.6 – 14.9 μg/ m3. Maximum value of Sulpur dioxide of 14.9 3 μg/ m obtained at project site. The concentration of SO2 is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 42 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Ambient air quality status monitored for oxides of nitrogen in the study area were in the range with 98th percentile values between 19.9 – 23.6 μg/ m3. A maximum value of 23.6 μg/ m3 was prevailing at the time of sampling at Mahijda. The 3 concentration of NOX is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m
5. Carbon Monoxide (CO) The maximum and minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Carbon Monoxide (CO) monitored in the study area were 0.39 – 0.58 mg/m3 respectively. Highest 3 value of 0.58 mg/ m was at the project site. The concentration of CO is well below the prescribed limit of 2 mg/ m3
6. Ammonia (NH3) th The maximum and minimum 98 percentile concentrations for Ammonia (NH3) monitored in the study area were 25.5 – 35.5 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of 3 35.5 μg/ m was at Chandisar. The concentration of NH3 is well below the prescribed limit of 400 μg/ m3
7. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) concentration in study area was found to be Below Detectable Limit of 1 ppm.
The ambient air quality monitoring results indicates that the overall air quality in the study area is within permissible standards prescribed by NAAQ Standards.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 43 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.7: THE MAXIMUM, MINIMUM & 98th PERCENTILE VALUES FOR ALL THE SAMPLING LOCATIONS
3 3 3 3 3 3 Name of PM 10(µg/M ) PM 2.5(µg/M ) SO2(µg/M ) NOX(µg/M ) CO (mg/M ) NH3 (µg/M ) Code Sampling Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Location A1 Project Site 58.8 63.5 63.3 21.7 26.6 26.3 10.6 14.9 14.9 18.0 22.6 22.4 0.36 0.58 0.58 21.0 28.0 27.1 A2 Timba 55.3 59.3 59.3 20.3 25.9 25.9 10.5 13.5 13.1 18.3 21.4 21.1 0.40 0.56 0.54 20.0 26.0 25.5 A3 Vasai 57.1 59.3 59.3 20.2 24.7 24.6 11.0 12.9 12.8 18.0 20.9 20.8 0.37 0.51 0.50 20.0 28.0 27.1 A4 Mahijda 55.5 59.8 59.8 20.1 24.6 24.4 10.3 13.6 13.5 18.5 24.0 23.6 0.36 0.54 0.54 21.0 27.0 26.5 A5 Kodanyapura 54.2 58.7 58.5 20.7 24.2 24.1 10.1 12.7 12.6 18.0 20.7 20.7 0.31 0.51 0.50 20.0 26.0 26.0 A6 Chandisar 50.3 59.6 59.4 20.2 23.6 23.5 10.7 13.4 13.3 18.2 20.1 19.9 0.22 0.39 0.39 25.0 36.0 35.5 A7 Saroda 56.1 59.1 59.1 21.5 24.8 24.4 10.6 13.7 13.4 18.4 21.5 21.3 0.36 0.53 0.52 21.0 26.0 26.0 A8 Nawapura 55.2 60.6 60.6 20.2 23.6 23.4 11.2 14.8 14.8 19.2 22.7 22.7 0.29 0.56 0.56 16.0 29.0 28.5 NAAQ Standards’ 100 60 80 80 2 400
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 44 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.8: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: PROJECT SITE (A1)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 02.10.2017 1 62.6 22.5 12.5 20.6 0.45 BDL 24.0 03.10.2017 1 63.5 23.6 11.5 19.6 0.39 BDL 23.0 09.10.2017 2 61.6 21.7 12.6 20.4 0.36 BDL 25.0 10.10.2017 2 62.0 24.2 11.8 21.2 0.41 BDL 22.0 16.10.2017 3 63.2 23.8 13.7 20.2 0.43 BDL 23.0 17.10.2017 3 60.5 22.6 14.8 22.6 0.42 BDL 24.0 23.10.2017 4 59.1 22.1 13.7 21.7 0.58 BDL 28.0 24.10.2017 4 60.5 22.4 14.9 22.0 0.54 BDL 21.0 02.11.2017 5 62.5 24.2 12.6 20.6 0.51 BDL 24.0 03.11.2017 5 60.3 25.6 11.7 19.6 0.53 BDL 23.0 09.11.2017 6 61.4 24.2 12.5 20.2 0.45 BDL 25.0 10.11.2017 6 60.3 23.8 11.1 19.0 0.47 BDL 26.0 16.11.2017 7 59.8 23.9 11.7 19.6 0.43 BDL 23.0 17.11.2017 7 59.0 24.6 12.7 20.5 0.44 BDL 22.0 23.11.2017 8 59.9 23.6 12.7 20.5 0.43 BDL 23.0 24.11.2017 8 58.8 23.7 13.8 21.6 0.55 BDL 25.0 04.12.2017 9 60.1 25.1 11.5 19.3 0.50 BDL 21.0 05.12.2017 9 59.4 24.2 10.6 18.0 0.49 BDL 22.0 11.12.2017 10 60.1 24.1 12.6 20.7 0.46 BDL 24.0 12.12.2017 10 62.4 25.9 10.6 18.4 0.52 BDL 22.0 18.12.2017 11 60.3 24.7 12.5 20.7 0.53 BDL 23.0 19.12.2017 11 59.3 24.1 13.6 21.4 0.57 BDL 24.0 25.12.2017 12 60.8 26.6 14.5 22.2 0.54 BDL 23.0 26.12.2017 12 61.4 23.2 11.5 19.2 0.47 BDL 22.0 Minimum 58.8 21.7 10.6 18.0 0.36 0.00 21.0 Maximum 63.5 26.6 14.9 22.6 0.58 0.00 28.0 Average 60.8 23.9 12.6 20.4 0.48 0.00 23.4 98th Percentile 63.3 26.3 14.9 22.4 0.58 0.00 27.1
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 45 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.9: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: TIMBA (A2)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 02.10.2017 1 57.0 24.2 12.5 21.4 0.41 BDL 22.0 03.10.2017 1 58.1 23.5 11.4 19.5 0.42 BDL 24.0 09.10.2017 2 57.1 21.5 12.3 18.5 0.43 BDL 23.0 10.10.2017 2 56.3 23.6 11.3 19.1 0.48 BDL 25.0 16.10.2017 3 58.3 24.6 11.5 19.6 0.51 BDL 22.0 17.10.2017 3 57.3 25.8 10.8 19.5 0.42 BDL 23.0 23.10.2017 4 58.2 25.7 11.0 18.7 0.39 BDL 24.0 24.10.2017 4 57.4 24.4 11.7 19.7 0.37 BDL 25.0 02.11.2017 5 58.7 24.9 10.6 18.3 0.42 BDL 24.0 03.11.2017 5 58.2 23.3 13.5 20.5 0.46 BDL 22.0 09.11.2017 6 56.9 24.7 12.6 20.7 0.39 BDL 20.0 10.11.2017 6 58.3 22.2 11.6 19.4 0.40 BDL 21.0 16.11.2017 7 55.3 25.5 12.4 20.5 0.46 BDL 24.0 17.11.2017 7 58.7 21.5 10.7 18.3 0.49 BDL 22.0 23.11.2017 8 57.5 22.2 11.8 19.6 0.41 BDL 20.5 24.11.2017 8 58.2 21.2 12.0 20.5 0.43 BDL 22.0 04.12.2017 9 57.6 20.6 11.2 18.7 0.39 BDL 24.0 05.12.2017 9 57.3 21.8 10.5 18.4 0.48 BDL 23.0 11.12.2017 10 58.9 23.8 11.5 19.6 0.42 BDL 25.0 12.12.2017 10 57.7 24.5 10.9 18.5 0.51 BDL 24.0 18.12.2017 11 58.3 25.7 11.4 19.1 0.56 BDL 22.0 19.12.2017 11 59.2 24.6 11.2 19.2 0.48 BDL 21.0 25.12.2017 12 58.5 25.9 11.5 19.7 0.39 BDL 26.0 26.12.2017 12 59.3 20.3 12.7 20.2 0.40 BDL 24.0 Minimum 55.3 20.3 10.5 18.3 0.4 0.0 20.0 Maximum 59.3 25.9 13.5 21.4 0.56 0.00 26.0 Average 57.9 23.6 11.6 19.5 0.44 0.00 23.0 98th Percentile 59.3 25.9 13.1 21.1 0.54 0.00 25.5
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 46 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.10: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: VASAI (A3)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 02.10.2017 1 57.3 24.2 12.5 20.1 0.41 BDL 22.0 03.10.2017 1 58.3 23.7 11.5 19.7 0.39 BDL 24.0 09.10.2017 2 58.1 22.6 12.4 20.5 0.38 BDL 26.0 10.10.2017 2 58.4 24.1 11.6 19.1 0.42 BDL 23.0 16.10.2017 3 57.1 23.2 11.4 19.4 0.49 BDL 25.0 17.10.2017 3 58.3 24.1 11.6 19.3 0.38 BDL 23.0 23.10.2017 4 57.3 23.0 12.6 20.4 0.39 BDL 26.0 24.10.2017 4 57.9 23.2 11.3 19.7 0.41 BDL 22.0 02.11.2017 5 58.2 23.6 11.0 18.0 0.46 BDL 21.0 03.11.2017 5 58.4 22.6 11.4 19.3 0.39 BDL 26.0 09.11.2017 6 59.0 23.7 12.1 20.4 0.37 BDL 20.0 10.11.2017 6 58.1 24.0 12.3 20.4 0.41 BDL 21.0 16.11.2017 7 57.6 24.5 11.6 19.5 0.46 BDL 22.0 17.11.2017 7 58.3 23.6 11.1 19.0 0.43 BDL 24.0 23.11.2017 8 59.3 24.7 12.4 20.7 0.42 BDL 26.0 24.11.2017 8 59.1 22.7 11.6 19.2 0.41 BDL 28.0 04.12.2017 9 58.2 20.2 11.6 19.0 0.39 BDL 20.0 05.12.2017 9 57.6 22.5 12.1 20.9 0.38 BDL 25.0 11.12.2017 10 59.3 21.4 11.3 19.6 0.42 BDL 26.0 12.12.2017 10 58.2 21.1 12.6 20.8 0.39 BDL 23.0 18.12.2017 11 59.1 22.5 11.7 19.0 0.47 BDL 24.0 19.12.2017 11 57.6 23.6 12.9 20.2 0.43 BDL 22.0 25.12.2017 12 57.2 22.2 11.2 19.7 0.51 BDL 20.0 26.12.2017 12 58.7 21.5 11.5 19.1 0.49 BDL 23.0 Minimum 57.1 20.2 11.0 18.0 0.37 0.00 20.0 Maximum 59.3 24.7 12.9 20.9 0.51 0.00 28.0 Average 58.2 23.0 11.8 19.7 0.42 0.00 23.4 98th Percentile 59.3 24.6 12.8 20.8 0.50 0.00 27.1
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 47 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.11: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: MAHIJDA (A4)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 02.10.2017 1 55.5 20.1 12.5 22.1 0.42 BDL 23.0 03.10.2017 1 56.8 22.5 12.5 20.7 0.39 BDL 22.0 09.10.2017 2 56.3 23.0 12.2 24.0 0.36 BDL 23.0 10.10.2017 2 55.9 22.5 10.3 19.0 0.42 BDL 25.0 16.10.2017 3 57.4 22.8 11.9 19.5 0.49 BDL 24.0 17.10.2017 3 58.1 24.2 12.7 20.4 0.52 BDL 25.0 23.10.2017 4 57.9 23.1 13.6 22.4 0.51 BDL 24.0 24.10.2017 4 58.0 22.6 11.3 18.6 0.47 BDL 23.0 02.11.2017 5 59.7 22.7 11.2 19.5 0.38 BDL 21.0 03.11.2017 5 57.3 22.2 10.8 18.6 0.42 BDL 24.0 09.11.2017 6 58.1 22.3 10.6 18.8 0.43 BDL 26.0 10.11.2017 6 59.1 22.6 12.6 20.4 0.39 BDL 25.0 16.11.2017 7 58.3 21.5 13.0 20.6 0.40 BDL 23.0 17.11.2017 7 57.6 23.1 12.2 23.1 0.54 BDL 21.0 23.11.2017 8 58.1 22.7 11.4 19.4 0.52 BDL 23.5 24.11.2017 8 59.1 24.2 13.3 19.3 0.51 BDL 27.0 04.12.2017 9 57.3 24.6 10.4 18.5 0.49 BDL 26.0 05.12.2017 9 57.2 24.1 11.3 19.3 0.43 BDL 22.0 11.12.2017 10 57.0 23.9 12.8 20.2 0.47 BDL 24.0 12.12.2017 10 58.3 23.7 11.6 19.6 0.41 BDL 25.0 18.12.2017 11 57.4 23.6 10.7 18.5 0.38 BDL 23.0 19.12.2017 11 59.8 22.6 12.8 20.5 0.53 BDL 22.0 25.12.2017 12 58.3 24.2 12.6 20.7 0.48 BDL 21.0 26.12.2017 12 56.2 22.4 12.8 20.2 0.47 BDL 24.0 Minimum 55.5 20.1 10.3 18.5 0.36 0.00 21.0 Maximum 59.8 24.6 13.6 24.0 0.54 0.00 27.0 Average 57.7 23.0 12.0 20.2 0.45 0.00 23.6 98th Percentile 59.8 24.4 13.5 23.6 0.54 0.00 26.5
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 48 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.12: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: KODANYAPURA (A5)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 05.10.2017 1 57.1 24.0 11.5 19.5 0.42 BDL 22.0 06.10.2017 1 56.4 23.5 12.1 20.7 0.51 BDL 24.0 12.10.2017 2 57.1 22.7 12.6 20.3 0.48 BDL 23.0 13.10.2017 2 56.3 23.0 11.3 19.5 0.43 BDL 25.0 19.10.2017 3 57.0 22.6 11.3 19.7 0.39 BDL 22.0 20.10.2017 3 55.5 24.2 12.7 20.4 0.41 BDL 21.0 26.10.2107 4 56.3 23.6 11.5 19.5 0.39 BDL 26.0 27.10.2017 4 56.3 22.6 12.4 20.2 0.43 BDL 24.0 06.11.2017 5 56.9 23.9 11.7 19.5 0.37 BDL 22.0 07.11.2017 5 56.3 21.6 10.8 18.3 0.41 BDL 21.0 13.11.2017 6 56.5 22.3 11.2 19.0 0.39 BDL 25.0 14.11.2017 6 58.3 20.7 11.7 19.3 0.42 BDL 22.0 20.11.2017 7 55.5 21.4 10.9 18.0 0.35 BDL 23.0 21.11.2017 7 57.2 22.5 12.5 20.7 0.41 BDL 26.0 27.11.2017 8 58.7 23.2 11.5 19.5 0.39 BDL 23.0 28.11.2017 8 57.3 23.2 10.6 18.1 0.47 BDL 20.0 07.12.2017 9 58.3 23.6 10.7 18.5 0.41 BDL 24.0 08.12.2017 9 57.2 23.6 11.4 19.4 0.31 BDL 22.0 14.12.2017 10 58.1 22.5 12.0 20.6 0.38 BDL 23.0 15.12.2017 10 57.2 21.6 10.1 18.0 0.37 BDL 21.0 21.12.2017 11 56.4 22.7 11.6 19.6 0.41 BDL 23.0 22.12.2017 11 56.9 21.5 12.1 20.6 0.42 BDL 23.0 28.12.2017 12 54.2 22.6 11.5 19.4 0.48 BDL 22.0 29.12.2017 12 58.2 21.4 11.3 19.3 0.37 BDL 23.0 Minimum 54.2 20.7 10.1 18.0 0.31 0.00 20.0 Maximum 58.7 24.2 12.7 20.7 0.51 0.00 26.0 Average 56.9 22.7 11.5 19.5 0.41 0.00 22.9 98th Percentile 58.5 24.1 12.6 20.7 0.50 0.00 26.0
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 49 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.13: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: CHANDISAR (A6)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 05.10.2017 1 57.1 23.2 12.6 19.2 0.37 BDL 25.0 06.10.2017 1 58.3 22.2 11.4 18.4 0.29 BDL 27.0 12.10.2017 2 57.0 22.4 10.8 18.6 0.38 BDL 30.0 13.10.2017 2 53.7 20.5 12.2 19.0 0.34 BDL 31.0 19.10.2017 3 53.5 20.9 11.3 19.5 0.29 BDL 35.0 20.10.2017 3 50.3 21.5 10.7 20.1 0.31 BDL 34.0 26.10.2107 4 52.5 21.6 10.9 18.6 0.35 BDL 36.0 27.10.2017 4 55.5 20.7 10.7 18.2 0.25 BDL 32.0 06.11.2017 5 55.9 21.6 11.3 19.1 0.3 BDL 29.0 07.11.2017 5 56.2 23.5 11.6 19.6 0.33 BDL 28.0 13.11.2017 6 57.6 20.2 11.5 18.7 0.26 BDL 26.0 14.11.2017 6 56.5 20.2 12.8 18.5 0.29 BDL 30.0 20.11.2017 7 56.3 20.6 12.1 18.6 0.24 BDL 31.0 21.11.2017 7 59.6 23.6 11.3 19.1 0.23 BDL 32.0 27.11.2017 8 56.8 20.2 10.9 18.5 0.22 BDL 29.0 28.11.2017 8 58.7 20.4 10.8 18.6 0.25 BDL 28.0 07.12.2017 9 58.8 21.5 12.8 18.2 0.24 BDL 31.0 08.12.2017 9 54.8 22.5 11.4 19.5 0.28 BDL 30.0 14.12.2017 10 55.7 20.7 13.4 18.3 0.29 BDL 32.0 15.12.2017 10 57.3 21.7 12.5 18.3 0.24 BDL 29.0 21.12.2017 11 58.4 21.0 11.3 19.6 0.26 BDL 30.0 22.12.2017 11 59.2 21.8 10.7 18.5 0.31 BDL 32.0 28.12.2017 12 58.3 21.7 13.2 18.6 0.34 BDL 29.0 29.12.2017 12 57.4 21.4 11.6 19.1 0.39 BDL 25.0 Minimum 50.3 20.2 10.7 18.2 0.22 0.00 25.0 Maximum 59.6 23.6 13.4 20.1 0.39 0.00 36.0 Average 56.5 21.5 11.6 18.8 0.29 0.00 30.0 98th Percentile 59.4 23.5 13.3 19.9 0.39 0.00 35.5
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 50 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.14: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: SARODA (A7)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 05.10.2017 1 57.1 23.2 11.5 19.5 0.41 BDL 23.0 06.10.2017 1 56.4 22.5 12.6 20.3 0.46 BDL 25.0 12.10.2017 2 56.1 23.5 11.4 19.1 0.39 BDL 22.0 13.10.2017 2 56.7 22.8 12.0 20.7 0.37 BDL 24.0 19.10.2017 3 58.3 21.5 11.6 19.0 0.41 BDL 23.0 20.10.2017 3 57.6 22.7 11.4 19.6 0.39 BDL 22.0 26.10.2107 4 57.9 22.4 10.6 18.4 0.45 BDL 23.0 27.10.2017 4 58.0 22.2 11.3 19.1 0.37 BDL 25.0 06.11.2017 5 57.4 22.7 11.5 19.5 0.36 BDL 24.0 07.11.2017 5 58.2 21.6 12.7 20.5 0.40 BDL 21.0 13.11.2017 6 57.3 23.1 11.1 19.2 0.39 BDL 23.0 14.11.2017 6 59.0 22.5 12.4 20.2 0.45 BDL 22.0 20.11.2017 7 57.4 23.2 13.1 21.5 0.47 BDL 24.0 21.11.2017 7 58.3 23.7 13.7 21.1 0.41 BDL 22.0 27.11.2017 8 57.3 22.0 12.7 20.8 0.39 BDL 23.0 28.11.2017 8 58.7 23.7 11.5 19.6 0.46 BDL 24.0 07.12.2017 9 57.3 22.5 12.1 20.4 0.51 BDL 21.0 08.12.2017 9 58.4 22.8 11.1 19.0 0.53 BDL 24.0 14.12.2017 10 57.4 23.7 11.3 19.7 0.50 BDL 26.0 15.12.2017 10 58.3 24.1 11.7 19.5 0.47 BDL 23.0 21.12.2017 11 59.1 24.0 11.5 19.6 0.43 BDL 22.0 22.12.2017 11 58.3 24.8 12.3 20.2 0.39 BDL 26.0 28.12.2017 12 57.6 23.4 11.6 19.6 0.42 BDL 25.0 29.12.2017 12 58.9 22.6 12.0 20.7 0.45 BDL 22.0 Minimum 56.1 21.5 10.6 18.4 0.36 0.00 21.0 Maximum 59.1 24.8 13.7 21.5 0.53 0.00 26.0 Average 57.8 23.0 11.8 19.9 0.43 0.00 23.3 98th Percentile 59.1 24.4 13.4 21.3 0.52 0.00 26.0
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 51 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.15: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: NAWAPURA (A8)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 05.10.2017 1 55.2 22.7 12.6 20.8 0.30 BDL 22.0 06.10.2017 1 56.0 22.6 12.4 20.5 0.38 BDL 19.0 12.10.2017 2 56.3 20.2 13.5 21.4 0.42 BDL 18.0 13.10.2017 2 58.3 21.5 14.8 22.7 0.44 BDL 16.0 19.10.2017 3 58.7 20.2 11.7 19.5 0.29 BDL 25.0 20.10.2017 3 56.2 22.7 11.3 19.6 0.51 BDL 26.0 26.10.2107 4 59.8 21.4 12.5 20.2 0.49 BDL 27.0 27.10.2017 4 59.0 20.6 12.4 20.4 0.52 BDL 24.0 06.11.2017 5 60.3 22.9 14.8 22.6 0.54 BDL 21.0 07.11.2017 5 60.0 21.9 12.7 21.0 0.29 BDL 23.0 13.11.2017 6 58.5 20.5 13.7 21.4 0.55 BDL 24.0 14.11.2017 6 59.6 21.9 13.2 21.1 0.56 BDL 21.0 20.11.2017 7 57.7 23.1 14.2 22.6 0.29 BDL 29.0 21.11.2017 7 60.0 22.1 13.6 21.4 0.34 BDL 21.0 27.11.2017 8 58.3 20.5 12.4 20.9 0.31 BDL 22.0 28.11.2017 8 59.6 20.7 11.5 19.5 0.41 BDL 19.0 07.12.2017 9 60.6 20.9 13.9 21.7 0.36 BDL 19.0 08.12.2017 9 59.2 22.6 12.3 20.2 0.34 BDL 23.0 14.12.2017 10 57.7 20.5 11.2 19.5 0.33 BDL 26.0 15.12.2017 10 59.7 20.9 11.9 19.4 0.32 BDL 24.0 21.12.2017 11 58.3 20.4 11.2 19.2 0.42 BDL 28.0 22.12.2017 11 60.6 22.1 14.0 21.8 0.50 BDL 24.0 28.12.2017 12 58.4 20.2 14.4 22.6 0.56 BDL 23.0 29.12.2017 12 57.1 23.6 12.0 20.2 0.29 BDL 26.0 Minimum 55.2 20.2 11.2 19.2 0.29 0.00 16.0 Maximum 60.6 23.6 14.8 22.7 0.56 0.00 29.0 Average 58.5 21.5 12.8 20.8 0.41 0.00 22.9 98th Percentile 60.6 23.4 14.8 22.7 0.56 0.00 28.5
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 52 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT Water sampling and subsequent analysis were carried out to determine both the groundwater and surface water quality of the study area. Selected water quality parameters of ground water resources and surface water resources within 10 km radius of the study area has been studied for assessing the quality of water.
3.5.1 Methodology for Water Quality Monitoring Ground water sources and surface water sources covering 10-km radial distance were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metals and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on ground water and surface water. The samples were analyzed as per the procedures specified in 'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater' published by American Public Health Association (APHA). Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physicochemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like pH and temperature were analyzed at the time of sample collection. The details of surface and ground water sampling locations are given in Table 3.16 and sampling locations of ground water quality and surface quality monitoring are shown in Figure 3.4. The physico - chemical characteristics of the ground water samples and surface water samples are presented in the Tables 3.17 & Tables 3.18.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 53 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.16: GROUND AND SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS Name of Sampling Distance (km) Direction w.r.t S No. Code Location w.r.t Project Project Ground Water Sampling Locations 1 GW1 Near Project Site - - 2 GW2 Junapura 2.70 NW 3 GW3 Vasal 1.98 NE 4 GW4 Navagam 6.44 SE 5 GW5 Dharoda 4.88 SSE 6 GW6 Chandisar 5.10 SW 7 GW7 Saroda 3.50 WSW 8 GW8 Paldi Kankaj 6.35 NNW Surface Water Sampling Locations 1 SW1 Sabarmati River 1.48 S 2 SW2 Waterbody near Timba 1.51 N 3 SW3 Waterbody Vasai Talav 3.05 NE 4 SW4 Waterbody near Miroli 3.50 N 5 SW5 Waterbody near Mahijda 2.00 ESE 6 SW6 Bareja Lake 7.1 ENE Waterbody near Jetalpur 7 SW7 8.75 NE (Dev Sarovar) 8 SW8 Waterbody near Badrakha 7.10 W
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 54 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE 3.4: GROUND & SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 55 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.17 GROUNDWATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA
IS 10,500 Limits S. No Parameter Method Unit GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 Acceptable Permissible 1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.91 7.78 7.47 7.18 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU <1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 <1.0 5 15 3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 430.0 560.0 720.0 655.0 500 2000 4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 110.0 145.0 240.0 210.0 200 600 5 Total Hardness (as APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 175.0 245.0 310.0 260.0 200 600 CaCO3) 6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 46.49 60.9 65.7 59.3 75 200 7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 14.09 21.87 34.02 26.73 30 100 8 APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 65.5 99.8 115.0 98.9 200 400 E 9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 103.8 120.0 142.2 125.9 250 1000 10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 No Relaxation 11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.003 No Relaxation 12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.05 No Relaxation 13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 1.5 14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 5 15 15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.02 No Relaxation 16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 1 1.5 17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2 18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 0.5 1 19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.1 0.3 20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.3 No Relaxation 21 APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l 7.9 6.2 5.3 6.1 45 No Relaxation B 22 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 66.7 77.5 92.0 80.9 -- -- 23 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 -- -- 24 Odour APHA 22nd Edition 2150 B -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -- -- 25 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 710.0 855.0 1110.0 1050.0 -- --
26 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.12 0.21 0.32 0.24 -- --
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 56 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.17 GROUND WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA
IS 10,500 Limits S. No Parameter Method Unit GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 Acceptable Permissible 1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.75 7.38 7.50 7.84 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU <1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 <1.0 5 15 3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 625.0 545.5 570.0 520.0 500 2000 4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 155.0 170.0 150.0 165.0 200 600 5 Total Hardness (as APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 270.0 265.0 260.0 225.0 200 600 CaCO3) 6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 65.7 51.3 60.9 52.9 75 200 7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 25.06 32.04 25.44 22.04 30 100 8 APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 103.5 83.44 91.25 78.59 200 400 E 9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 145.9 110.9 133.4 101.5 250 1000 10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 No Relaxation 11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.003 No Relaxation 12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.05 No Relaxation 13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 1.5 14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 5 15 15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.02 No Relaxation 16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 1 1.5 17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2 18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 0.5 1 19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.1 0.3 20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.3 No Relaxation 21 APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l 5.6 6.2 7.3 6.7 45 No Relaxation B 22 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 93.94 71.2 86.4 65.7 -- -- 23 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l 5.3 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 -- -- 24 Odour APHA 22nd Edition 2150 B -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -- -- 25 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 980.0 810.0 920.0 795.0 -- --
26 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.27 0.25 0.29 0.24 -- --
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 57 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.18 SURFACE WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA
S. No Parameter Method Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.32 7.68 7.54 7.88 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 <1.0 3 Turbidity APHA 22nd Edition 2130 B NTU 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 4 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 590.0 635.0 505.0 885.0 nd 5 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22 Edition 2320 B mg/l 190.0 180.0 160.0 280.0 nd 6 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22 Edition 2340 C mg/l 265.0 230.0 195.0 370.0 7 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 55.24 48.45 42.05 58.12 8 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 30.05 26.18 21.87 53.46 nd 9 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22 Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 75.3 67.16 61.44 95.4 10 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 131.9 169.7 110.9 216.3 11 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 12 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 13 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 <0.05 <0.05 14 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 15 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 16 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 17 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 18 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 19 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 20 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 <0.02 <0.02 21 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 nd 22 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22 Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 4.3 5.2 6.4 5.3 23 Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA 22nd Edition 5220 B mg/l 30.0 52.0 48.0 65.0 24 BOD(3day’s at 27oC) IS 3025 (Part – 44) 2009 mg/l 6.9 11.6 10.2 13.4 25 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 85.5 110.0 70.5 140.0 26 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l < 5.0 5.6 < 5.0 7.1 27 Total Suspended Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 D mg/l 10.3 10.2 < 10.0 10.4 28 Dissolved Oxygen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 O C mg/l 5.4 5.0 4.9 5.1 29 Oil and grease APHA 22nd Edition 5520 B mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 30 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 995.0 1020.0 740.0 1390.0 31 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.24 0.26 0.20 0.19 32 Total Coliform IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 55 50 61 52 33 Feacal Coliforms IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 8 6 9 7
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 58 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.18 SURFACE WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA
S. No Parameter Method Unit SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8 1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.68 7.39 7.45 7.95 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 < 1.0 3 Turbidity APHA 22nd Edition 2130 B NTU 1 1 1 1.0 4 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 750.0 645.0 670.0 710.0 nd 5 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22 Edition 2320 B mg/l 255.0 210.0 200.0 225.0 nd 6 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22 Edition 2340 C mg/l 310.0 250.0 325.0 275.0 7 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 50.04 42.03 62.22 49.04 8 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 45.32 35.02 40.57 36.24 nd 9 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22 Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 85.6 65.4 72.3 56.4 10 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 175.9 162.5 146.9 185.7 11 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 12 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 13 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 <0.05 < 0.05 14 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 15 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 16 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 17 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 18 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 19 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 20 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 21 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 nd 22 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22 Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 2.5 4.1 6.5 7.1 23 Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA 22nd Edition 5220 B mg/l 32.0 24.0 42.0 35.0 24 BOD(3day’s at 27oC) IS 3025 (Part – 44) 2009 mg/l 7.1 5.4 9.8 8.5 25 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 115.0 105.0 95.0 120.0 26 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l 5.3 5.1 < 5.0 6.1 27 Total Suspended Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 D mg/l 10.2 < 10.0 10.1 10.3 28 Dissolved Oxygen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 O C mg/l 5.4 5.3 5.1 4.9 29 Oil and grease APHA 22nd Edition 5520 B mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 30 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 1185.0 995.0 1010.0 1140.0 31 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.22 0.20 0.18 0.21 32 Total Coliform IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 55 58 56 62 33 Feacal Coliforms IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 7 8 7 9
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 59 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
A. Summary of Groundwater Samples within 10 Km Radius pH of the ground water samples collected was in the range between 7.18 – 7.91. All samples are below acceptable limits. Only drinking water samples have fixed pH limit which is 6.5 -8.5 as per IS 10500-2012. The acceptable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS: 10500-2012 are 500 mg/l whereas the permissible limits in absence of alternate source are 2000 mg/l, beyond this palatability decreases and may cause gastro intestinal irritation. Total dissolved solids in the ground water samples were in the range between 430 – 720 mg/l. One sample is above acceptable limits and but all samples are well below the permissible limits of 2000 mg/l. In the ground water samples collected from the study area, the Total hardness was found to vary between 175 – 310 mg/l. One sample is above acceptable limits and but all samples are within the permissible limits, while one sample is above the permissible of 600 mg/l The acceptable limit for chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS: 10500 whereas the permissible limit of the same is 1000 mg/l beyond this limit taste, corrosion and palatability are affected. The Chlorides concentration was found to vary between 101.5 – 145.9 mg/l. All samples are below acceptable limits. Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the acceptable limit of 1 mg/l and permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l. Fluoride concentration in all samples are found to be below acceptable limits. The Sulphates concentration was found to vary between 65.5 – 115 mg/l. All the samples for Sulphates concentration was found are within acceptable limits of 200 mg/l Ground water samples collected from eight locations within 10 km radius from the plant site & analyzed as per standard methods of water and wastewater analysis (APHA). The water quality of the study area is found to be above the acceptable limits of IS10500, for parameters TDS, Total hardness, Total Alkalinity, Calcium, Magnesium, Fluorides.
B. Summary of Surface Water Samples within 10 km Radius: pH of the water samples collected was in the range between 7.32 – 7.95.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 60 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Total dissolved solids in the samples were in the range between 505 – 885 mg/l.
Total hardness was found to be in the range of 195 – 370 mg/l.
Chlorides concentration was found to vary between 110.9 – 216.3 mg/l.
Fluoride concentration was <0.5 mg/l.
Sulphates concentration was found to vary between 56.4 – 95.4 mg/l.
3.6. NOISE ENVIRONMENT Noise, often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication, causes annoyance, distracts from work, and disturbs sleep thus deteriorating quality of human environment. Noise levels in the study area have therefore been measured, at selected points, to provide the baseline data to describe the existing situation. Measured noise levels displayed as a function of time provides a useful scheme for describing the acoustical climate of a community. Noise levels records at each station with a time interval of about one hour are computed for equivalent noise levels. Equivalent noise level is a single number descriptor for describing time varying noise levels.
3.6.1 Noise Monitoring Stations In order to assess the noise levels in the study area, monitoring was carried out at eight different locations within 10 km radius of the study area. The noise monitoring locations are shown in figure 3.5 and distances & directions of monitoring location mentioned in Table 3.19. Noise levels were recorded and computed for equivalent noise levels for day-equivalent, night-equivalent & day-night equivalent. Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) measurements were recorded at eight locations. The readings were taken for every hour for 24-hrs. The day noise levels have been monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night noise levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all the locations covered in the study area. The noise recording stations and the summary of the minimum, maximum, day - equivalent, night - equivalent and day-night equivalent values computed for various location in the study area is given in Table 3.20.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 61 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.19: NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS Name of Sampling Distance (km) Direction S No. Code Location w.r.t Project w.r.t Project 1. N1 Project Site - - 2. N2 Timba 1.10 N 3. N3 Vasai 2.00 NE 4. N4 Bareja 6.53 ENE 5. N5 Mahijda 1.72 SE 6. N6 Chandisar 5.20 SW 7. N7 Saroda 3.42 WSW 8. N8 Nawapura 2.35 WNW
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 62 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE 3.5: NOISE SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 63 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.20: AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS WITHIN STUDY AREA Day Time CPCB Night Time CPCB S. Category of Name of the in Leq Standard in Leq Standard No Area/zone Location dB (A) Day Time dB (A) Night time 1. Project site Industrial 64.2 75dB (A) 50.3 70dB (A) 2. Timba Residential 46.0 55dB (A) 38.5 45dB (A) 3. Vasai Residential 42.9 55dB (A) 38.3 45dB (A) 4. Bareja Commercial 58.1 65dB (A) 46.8 55dB (A)
5. Mahijda Residential 48.4 55dB (A) 36.5 45dB (A) 6. Chandisar Residential 43.5 55dB (A) 37.5 45dB (A)
7. Saroda Residential 44.4 55dB (A) 35.8 45dB (A) 8. Nawapura Residential 48.2 55dB (A) 37.7 45dB (A)
Daytime Noise Levels (Lday) Industrial Zone: The day time noise level at the Project site was 64.2 dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 75 dB(A). Commercial Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the commercial locations were observed to be 58.1 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 65 dB(A). Residential Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the residential locations were observed to be in the range of 42.9 dB (A) to 48.4 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB(A).
Night time Noise Levels (Lnight) Industrial Zone: The night time noise level in the Project site was observed be 50.3 dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 70 dB (A). Commercial Zone: The night time noise levels in all the commercial locations were observed to be 46.8 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB(A). Residential Zone: The nighttime noise levels in all the residential locations were observed to be in the range of 35.8 dB(A) to 38.5 dB(A). The noise levels were below the permissible limits of 45 dB(A) in nighttime at all the locations.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 64 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.6.2 TRAFFIC STUDY Anthropogenic emissions not only contribute to the green house effect but also participate in the reaction that results in photochemical oxidants. The effect of photochemical oxidants is well known for forming smog particularly in the urban areas.Among the anthropogenic sources of pollutants forming the green house gases, burning of fossil fuels constitute a major source. Highway mobile sources that contribute significantly to poor quality have been regulated for the past two decades in countries like India. The absence of regulation in developing countries has caused a global concern regarding potential environmental damage on a larger scale. The traffic survey was carried out on the SH-144 which is 1.00 km (S) to the Project site. Vehicular traffic counts were performed on either side of the studied roads to provide background values of traffic density, and correlate such data to the levels of air pollution along the road. Vehicular traffic on these roads included heavy vehicle, light vehicle, three wheelers, and two wheelers. The additional traffic due to the project would also occur in this time duration only. A summary of the data is presented in Table 3.21.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 65 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.21: TRAFFIC STUDY AT SH - 144 Passenger Heavy Total Two 2 Wheeler @ Three 3 Wheeler Passenger Heavy Total S.No Time cars @ 1 Vehicles vehicles Wheelers 0.75 PCU Wheeler @ 1.2 PCU cars vehicles vehicles PCU @3.7 PCU PCU 1 06-07 am 61 46 38 25 28 28 42 155 169 254 2 07-08 am 70 53 42 39 32 32 43 159 187 283 3 08-09 am 85 64 45 52 41 41 34 126 205 283 4 09-10 am 96 72 53 43 47 47 41 152 237 314 5 10-11 am 119 89 60 55 55 55 43 159 277 358 6 11-12 pm 128 96 74 57 61 61 48 178 311 392 7 12-01 pm 138 104 78 65 72 72 51 189 339 429 8 01-02 pm 144 108 80 71 79 79 54 200 357 458 9 02-03 pm 140 105 76 60 82 82 45 167 343 414 10 03-04 pm 151 113 71 49 74 74 49 181 345 418 11 04-05 pm 148 111 66 47 73 73 47 174 334 405 12 05-06 pm 126 95 61 53 65 65 44 163 296 375 13 06-07 pm 122 92 56 63 60 60 42 155 280 370 14 07-08 pm 120 90 52 54 58 58 51 189 281 391 15 08-09pm 116 87 48 48 56 56 55 204 275 395 16 09-10pm 108 81 41 44 53 53 59 218 261 396 17 10-11pm 95 71 40 38 44 44 63 233 242 386 18 11-12pm 81 61 33 39 40 40 71 263 225 402 19 12-01am 74 56 30 31 34 34 75 278 213 398 20 01-02am 50 38 22 20 30 30 71 263 173 350 21 02-03am 45 34 19 14 14 14 69 255 147 317 22 03-04am 41 31 15 10 10 10 64 237 130 288 23 04-05am 44 33 24 15 16 16 55 204 139 268 24 05-06am 52 39 29 20 22 22 48 178 151 259
The highest peak observed during 12 pm to 1 pm (worst Scenario) PCU/hr 458
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 66 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Total width of the Road in meters (Arterial Road) 7.5 Carrying capacity of the road (the road is 4 lane Divided 2 way road) As per IRC:106-1990 (PCU’s per hour) 1500 Existing V/C Ratio 0.31 LOS=Level of Service (Existing) V/C LOS Performance 0.0-0.2 A Excellent 0.2-0.4 B Very Good 0.4-0.6 C Good 0.6-0.8 D Fair/Average 0.8-1.0 E Poor 1.0 & above F Very Poor Note: *As per IRC Guidelines 1990
The traffic survey was carried out on the SH-144 which is 1.00 km (S) to the Project site. The details of the vehicles movement recorded. From the study it is observed that there is no major impact on traffic due to the proposed project.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 67 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT The present study on soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics in the study area surrounding the project site. The study has been addressed with the following objectives. To determine the base line characteristics To determine the soil characteristics of plant site and surrounding areas with in 10 km radius. To determine the impact of industrialization/urbanization on soil characteristics. To determine the impacts on soils from agricultural productivity point of view. The soil samples were collected during study period. Sampling Locations are detailed in Table 3.22. and Figure 3.6. The analysis results are given in Table 3.23. Details of Standard Soil Classification are given in table 3.24. The homogenized soil samples collected at different locations were packed in a polyethylene plastic bag and sealed. The sealed samples were sent to laboratory for analysis. The important physical, chemical parameter concentrations were determined from all samples.
TABLE 3.22: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS Name of Sampling Distance (km) Direction w.r.t S. No. Code Location w.r.t Project Project 1 S1 Project Site - - 2 S2 Miroli 3.53 N 3 S3 Bareja 6.53 ENE 4 S4 Mahijda 1.72 SE 5 S5 Kodanyapura 4.10 SSW 6 S6 Badrakha 7.12 W 7 S7 Bhat 7.26 NW 8 S8 Nawapura 2.35 WNW
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 68 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE 3.6: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 69 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.23: SOIL SAMPLING ANALYSIS RESULTS
S.No Parameters Units S1 S2 S3 S4 H 1 P -- 7.25 7.42 7.05 7.22 2 Electrical Conductivity µ mhos 245.0 180.5 160.3 195.5 3 Bulk Density g/cc 1.12 1.13 1.17 1.14
4 Moisture Content % 5.35 5.45 5.75 5.20 5 Nitrates as N mg/Kg 1.20 1.15 1.35 1.32 6 Phosphorous as P mg/Kg 10.3 9.85 8.67 4.58 7 Potassium as K mg/Kg 15.6 14.59 16.40 16.82 8 Sodium as Na mg/Kg 14.9 12.20 12.10 13.45
9 Calcium as Ca mg/ kg 345.5 362.0 325.0 280.0
10 Magnesium as Mg mg/ kg 210.5 205.5 245.5 250.2 11 Total Organic Carbon % 0.80 0.82 0.79 0.78 12 Type of Soil -- Silt Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam a) Sand (%) -- 39 45 46 48 b) Silt (%) -- 44 36 37 36 c) Clay (%) -- 17 19 17 16 13 Copper as Cu mg/ kg 11.62 10.40 8.75 6.92 14 Chromium as Cr mg/ kg 25.28 30.45 28.60 27.45 15 Cadmium as Cd mg/ kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 16 Zinc as Zn mg/ kg 35.8 29.20 27.65 26.42 17 Lead as Pb mg/ kg 10.65 10.27 10.85 9.95 18 Nickel as Ni mg/ kg 11.28 11.40 10.62 10.65
19 Sulphates as SO4 mg/ kg 45.5 32.6 25.35 30.28 20 Iron as Fe mg/ kg 22.3 25.4 18.4 19.2
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 70 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.23: SOIL SAMPLING ANALYSIS RESULTS S.No Parameters Units S5 S6 S7 S8 1 PH -- 7.54 7.32 7.45 7.56
2 Electrical Conductivity µ mhos 205.0 170.0 200.0 185.0
3 Bulk Density g/cc 1.13 1.14 1.18 1.15 4 Moisture Content % 5.14 5.69 5.84 5.98 5 Nitrates as N mg/Kg 1.30 1.22 1.35 1.39 6 Phosphorous as P mg/Kg 4.62 12.5 10.65 9.45 7 Potassium as K mg/Kg 15.90 15.4 12.32 14.48 8 Sodium as Na mg/Kg 13.38 12.7 9.28 10.22 9 Calcium as Ca mg/ kg 340.0 310.0 340.0 290.0 10 Magnesium as Mg mg/ kg 250.0 205.5 190.5 240.5 11 Total Organic Carbon % 0.80 0.78 0.81 0.80 12 Type of Soil -- Sandy Loam Silt Loam Silt Loam Silt Loam a) Sand (%) -- 45 38 37 39 b) Silt (%) -- 39 47 43 46 c) Clay (%) -- 16 15 20 15 13 Copper as Cu mg/ kg 7.95 10.4 9.35 8.78 14 Chromium as Cr mg/ kg 28.65 26.20 28.42 27.62 15 Cadmium as Cd mg/ kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 16 Zinc as Zn mg/ kg 26.98 30.2 28.36 29.20 17 Lead as Pb mg/ kg 10.40 12.9 10.4 10.50 18 Nickel as Ni mg/ kg 11.24 10.6 9.20 9.65 19 Sulphates as SO4 mg/ kg 32.61 48.5 35.4 28.5 20 Iron as Fe mg/ kg 16.3 21.6 20.1 19.6
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 71 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the buffer zone and one from the project site reveals that all basically Silt loams. It is due to the fact that the upper soil layers are formed by the deposition of fine sand and silt carried down by the storm waters from the surrounding areas. They are moderately productive and they are not prone to water logging. It has been observed that the pH of the soil quality ranged from 7.05 to 7.56. Percentage of Total Organic Carbon is observed in between 0.78 to 0.82 indicating that On an avg. sufficient in nature.
Table 3.24 :STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION S.No Soil Test Classification <4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 5.51-6.00 Moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 Slightly acidic 1 pH 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 Slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 Moderately alkaline 8.51-9.00 Strongly alkaline >9.00 Very strongly alkaline Salinity Electrical Conductivity Upto 1.00 Average 2 1.01 - 2.00 harmful to germination (μS/cm) (1ppm = 640 μS/cm) 2.01 - 3.00 Harmful to crops (sensitive to salts) Upto 0.20: Very less 0.21- 0.40: Less 3 Organic Carbon (%) 0.41- 0.50: Medium, 0.51- 0.80: On an avg. sufficient 0.81 - 1.00: Sufficient >1.00 : More than sufficient Upto 50 Very less 51-100 Less 4 Nitrogen (kg/ha) 101-150 Good 151-300 Better >300 Sufficient Upto 15 Very less 16-30 Less 5 Phosphorus (kg/ha) 31-50 Medium, 51-65 On an avg. sufficient 66-80 Sufficient >80 More than sufficient
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 72 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
S.No Soil Test Classification 0 -120 Very less 120-180 Less 6 Potash (kg/ha) 181-240 Medium 241-300 Average 301-360 Better >360 More than sufficient Source: Hand book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi
3.8 LAND USE PATTERN Remote sensing satellite imageries were collected and interpreted for the 10-km radius study area for analyzing the Land use pattern of the study area. Based on the satellite data, Land use/ Land cover maps have been prepared.
Objectives The objectives of land use studies are: To determine the present land use pattern; To analyze the impacts on land use due to the proposed project in the study area; and To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern and associated impacts.
3.8.1 DATA USED The data is used for the preparation of different maps for the study natural resources. The data is used by using the application of Remote Sensing and GIS technologies.
TABLE 3.25: SHOWING THE DETAILS OF SOURCES & THE MAPS PREPARED S No. Source Maps Prepared Survey of India’s topographic maps and satellite 1 Drainage map imageries 2 Satellite imageries Land use / Land cover
TABLE 3.26: SHOWING THE TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS Topographic Map Sl. No. Scale Year of Survey Year of Publication No. 1. 46B/5 1: 50,000 2010 2011 2. 46B/6 1: 50,000 2010 2011 3. 46B/9 1: 50,000 2010 2011
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 73 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
4. 46B/10 1: 50,000 2010 2011 Source:Survey of India’s Topographic Maps
TABLE 3.27:SATELLITE DATA OF NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING CENTRE S.No. Season Sensor path/row Satellite/Sensor Date of Pass 1. Rabi 93-56-A IRS RS2 LISS IV FX 13-January-2017
3.8.2 LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP Land use / land cover map is prepared by visual interpretation of high-resolution satellite data with the help of Survey of India Topographic maps on 1:50,000 scale. Two seasons’ data (Rabi year 2017) is used for the delineation of different units. The units are confirmed by the ground truth/field visits. Level-II classification of National (Natural) Resources Information System (NRIS) has been followed for the delineation of units. Land use/ Land cover map of the study area is integrated with village map and analyzed with the help of GIS to get the village wise findings of the present land use of the study area, which is given elaborately in the following tables: Land use refers to man’s activities and various uses, which are carried on land. Land cover refers to natural vegetation, water bodies, rock/soil, artificial cover and others resulting due to land transformation. Although land use is generally inferred based on the cover, yet both the terms land use and land cover are closely related and interchangeable. Information on the rate and kind of change in the use of land resources is essential to the proper planning, management and regulation of the use of such resources. Knowledge about the existing land use and trends of change is essential if the nation is to tackle the problems associated with the haphazard and uncontrolled growth. A systematic framework is needed for updating the land use and land cover maps that will be timely, relatively inexpensive and appropriate for different needs at national and state level. The rapidly developing technology of remote sensing offers an efficient and timely approach to the mapping and collection of basic land use and land cover data over large area. The satellite imageries are potentially more amenable to digital processing because the remote sensor output can be obtained in digital format. Land use data are needed in the analysis of environmental processes and problems that must be understood if living conditions and standards are to be improved or maintained at current levels.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 74 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.8.2.1 Basic Concepts of Land Use Clawson has given nine major ideas or concepts about land. These are: Location or the relation of a specific parcel of land to the poles, the equator, and the major oceans and landmasses. There is also relationship between various tracts of land, as well as a political location. Activity on the land, for what purpose this piece of land or tract is used. Natural qualities of land, including its surface and subsurface characteristics and its vegetative cover. Improvements to and on the land. This is closely related to the activity. Intensity of land use or amount of activity per unit area. Land tenure, i.e. who owns the land, which uses it. Land prices, land market activity and credit as applied to land. Interrelations between activities on the land and other economic and social activities. Interrelations in the use between different tracts of land.
3.8.2.2 Methodology for land use / land cover mapping The land use / land cover map is prepared by adopting the interpretation techniques of the image in conjunction with collateral data such as Survey of India topographical maps and census records. Image classification can be done by using visual interpretation techniques and digital classification using any of the image processing software. For the present study, ERDAS 9.1 version software is used for preprocessing, rectification, enhancements and classifying the satellite data for preparation of land use land cover map for assessing and monitoring the temporal changes in land use land cover and land developmental activities.
The imagery is interpreted and ground checked for corrections. The final map is prepared after field check. Flow chart showing the methodology adopted is given in the different land use / land cover categories in the study area has been carried out based on the NRSC land use / land cover classification system.
For analysis and interpretation, and preparation of LU / LC map, two types of data are needed: 1. Basic data 2. Ground data
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 75 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
1. Basic data includes: Fused data of LISS IV Toposheets on 1 : 50,000 Local knowledge Area map on any scale to transfer details Reports and other literature of the study area
2. Ground data: Ground data is very much essential to verify and to increase the accuracy of the interpreted classes and also to minimize the field work. Data analysis: For analysis and interpretation of satellite data, the study can be divided into three parts: Preliminary work Field work Post field work
A. Preliminary work includes: to see the limitation of satellite data to lay down the criteria for land use classification to be adopted to fix the size of mapping units, which depends upon the scale interpretation of different land use/land cover classes demarcation of doubtful areas preparation of field land use/land cover map
B. Field work: Type of ground data to be collected Selection of sample area for final classification Checking of doubtful areas Change in land use/ land cover due to wrong identification, fresh development, nomenclature. General verification
C. Post field work: Reinterpretation or analysis or correction of doubtful areas Transfer of details on base map
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 76 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Marginal information Preparation of final land use/land cover map
A map showing Satelite Imagery Showing in Figure 3.8. A map depicting major land use/ land cover classes comprising lands under agriculture, fallow land, open/degraded vegetation; lands falling under water bodies, scrub and lands under inhabitations is presented at Figure 3.9 and Flow chart for LU/LC mapping methodology is presented at Flow chart 3.1. The land use classification within a distance of ten kilometers from the project location and the areas falling under the respective classifications are presented in Table 3.28:
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 77 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FLOW CHART 3.1 : LU/LC MAPPING METHODOLOGY
Basic data Data source Secondary data
IRS LISS IV FMX
Preparation Khariff Rabi of base season season maps
Development of interpretation keys based on image characteristics. Interpretation and mapping of land use /land cover categories
Ground verification of doubtful areas Validation and final and modification of thematic details interpretation key
Transfer of Khariff and Rabi season Final land use/land cover land use/land cover details on to a map with symbols and single base map. colours
Area estimation of each land use/land cover class.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 78 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.28 : LAND USE / LAND COVER STATISTICS OF THE STUDY AREA
S. No. LANDUSE AREA (Sq. km) % BUILT UP LAND
A. Settlements / Temple 14.444 4.6 1. B. Industrial area 13.502 4.3 WATERBODIES
A. Tank / River/ Reservoir/ 2. 29.516 9.4 Major canal etc. CROP LAND
A. Single crop 193.738 61.7 3. B. Double crop 29.83 9.5 WASTELANDS A. Land with scrub 15.072 4.8 4. B. Land without scrub 11.304 3.6 C. Stony waste area 6.594 2.1 TOTAL 314 100
FIGURE 3.7 PIE DIAGRAM SHOWING LAND USE THE IN STUDY AREA
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 79 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE 3.8: SATELLITE IMAGE OF THE STUDY AREA Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 80 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE 3.9: LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP OF THE STUDY AREA
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 81 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.9 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT Ecological studies are one of the important aspects of Environmental Impact Assessment with a view to conserve environmental quality and biodiversity. Ecological systems show complex inter-relationships between biotic and abiotic components including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprise of both plant and animal communities, which interact not only within and between themselves but also with the biotic components viz. physical and chemical components of the environment. Generally, biological communities are good indicators of climatic and edaphic factors. Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in Environmental Impact Assessment for safety of natural flora and fauna. The biological environment includes terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems.
Objectives of Ecological Studies The present study was undertaken with the following objectives to assess both terrestrial and aquatic habitats of the study area. To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the project site To assess the flora & fauna in the study area. To ascertain the migratory routes of fauna, presence of breeding grounds and sensitive habitats in the study area, if any. To assess the presence of protected areas in the study area. To review the information from secondary sources and discuss the issues of concern with the relevant authority and stakeholders. Impact prediction based on primary and secondary data sources to formulate mitigation measures.
3.9.1 Detailed Description of Flora and Fauna Assessment of flora, fauna study location: Flora and Fauna studies were carried out by using least count quadrate method at following six locations. Trees were sampled by taking quadrates of 25 m2 and shrubs 10 m2 and in case of herbaceous vegetation of 1 m2 distributed randomly. Table 1 shows the flora and fauna study locations of the study area.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 82 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Table No.3.29 - Sampling locations for flora and fauna study in study area Distance from Sl. Location Direction from Name of the location Project Site No. Code Project Site ( in km ) 1 T-1 Project area -- -- 2 T-2 Near Mahijda Village 2.60 ESE 3 T-3 Near Miroli Village 3.25 NNW 4 T-4 Near Badarkha Village 6.70 W 5 T-5 Near Giramtha Village 7.80 NE 6 T-6 Near Navagam Village 8.70 SW Note: At each sampling location the protocol adopted to collect primary data were trees - 10 quadrates of 25 m x 25 m, Shrubs – 10 Quadrates 10 m x 10 m and herbs -10 quadrates of 1 m x 1 m.
The project site is located in Plot No: 65, F - G, Soham Industrial Park, Part - II, Block No. 312 - 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahmedabad District, Gujarat State. The Primary surveys were conducted in and around project area and study area of 10 km radius, open areas near villages, waste lands and agricultural lands along the water bodies to identify the floristic composition of the area and listed the plants species identified in the Project area and 10 km radius study area is given in Table 3.30.
3.9.2 Aquatic flora and fauna study location The conditions of the aquatic ecology of the water bodies were also studied. Major components of aquatic life that have been studied are as aquatic plant and aquatic animals. Biological assessment studies were conducted by collecting plankton samples from the surface waters to assess the primary productivity of the Sabarmati River water ecosystem. The details of Planktonic sampling locations are presented in Table given below.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 83 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Table:No.3.30 Aquatic ecological locations in study area Distance from Direction from Sl. No Name of the water body Project Site Project Site AL-1 Sabarmati River near Kasidra 6.70 NNW AL-2 Sabarmati River near Navapura 3.00 WNW AL-3 Sabarmati River near Chandisar 4.50 SSW
Flora: Based on the physical setting and the kind of distribution of flora and fauna, the study area can be classified into agriculture lands and the dominant agriculture crops in the region are Rice, cotton, Tomato, Wheat and Ricinus. The block area is also observed with canals and water-logged low lying regions. All the water-logged regions and other village ponds in the block area attract a population of waterfowls was observed in the waterlogged region amongst agriculture fields.
TABLE 3.31: List of flora found in the project area
S.No Botanical name Family Vernacular name 1 Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae Kari 2 Polylathia longifolia Annonaceae Asopalav 3 Cocos nucifera Arecaceae Narial 4 Eucalyptus sp. Myrtaceae Nilgari 5 Tectona grandis Verbenaceae Sag 6 Zizyphusglabrata heyne Rhamnaceae Bor 7 Moringa oleifera Moringaceae Sargavo 8 Ficus benghalensis Moraceae Vad 9 Ficus religiosa Moraceae Piplo 10 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Limbado 11 Terminalia catappa Combretaceae Badam
3.9.3 Vegetation and Flora of the study area The objective this floral inventory of the study area, is to provide necessary information on floristic structure in the study area within 10 km radius. The climatic, edaphic and biotic variations with their complex interrelationship and composition of species, which are adapted to these variations, have resulted in different vegetation cover, characteristic of each region. The list of places covered in the floral biodiversity and faunal biodiversity survey are Project area, Project area, Near Mahijda Village, Near Miroli Village, Near Badarkha Village, Near Giramtha Village and Near Navagam Village etc. The various species of flora and fauna recorded in
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 84 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries the study are tabulated. Discussions were held with local people to gather related information on the richness of plant and animal resources. More than 118 plant species were recorded during floristic survey in the project and study area. A list of plant species representing trees, shrubs and herbs list is given in Table 3.31. A list of grasses, herbs and herbaceous plants found in the study area is given in Table 3.31. There are no rare or endangered or threatened species all the species listed in Table 3.31 are widely distributed in region.
Cultivated Plants in the study area: The common crops land ecosystem in study area are major crops in the study area are Rice (Oryza sativa) Cotton (Gossypium herbaceum) and Wheat (Triticum aestivum) Minor crops of this region are Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides), Jowar (Sorghum bicolar) Groundnut (Arachis hypogaea) which are mainly dependent on rainwater during monsoon season, canal irrigation and also through ground water source, tube wells and open wells during non- monsoon season.
TABLE 3.32., List of Trees, Shrubs, Grasses, Herbs, Climbers and Herbaceous Species Found the Study Area
S. No. SPECIES NAME LOCAL NAME HABIT FAMILY
1 Acacia leucophloea Harmo Bavar Tree Mimosaceae
2 Acacia nilotica Deshi Bavar Tree Mimosaceae
3 Acacia tortalis Vilayati Baval Tree Mimosaceae
4 Ailanthus excelsa Arduso Tree Simaroubaceae
5 Azadirachta indica Limbdo, Neem Tree Meliaceae
6 Carica papaya Papaiyu Tree Caricaceae
7 Cassia fistula Garmaro Tree Caesalpiniaceae
8 Cassia siamea kassod tree Tree Caesalpiniaceae
9 Casuarina equisetifolia Saru Tree Casuarinaceae
10 Cocos nucifera Nariar Tree Arecaceae
11 Cordia dichotoma Mota Gunda Tree Ehretiaceae
12 Cordia gharaf Gundi Tree Ehretiaceae
13 Cordia perrottetii Liar Tree Ehretiaceae
14 Delonix regia Gulmohor Tree Caesalpiniaceae
15 Derris indica Karanj Tree Fabaceae
16 Eucalyptus globulus Nilgiri Tree Myrtaceae
17 Ficus benghalensis Vad Tree Moraceae
18 Ficus microcarpa Pipari Tree Moraceae
19 Ficus religiosa Piparo Tree Moraceae
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 85 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
S. No. SPECIES NAME LOCAL NAME HABIT FAMILY
20 Leucaena latisiliqua Liso Bavar Tree Mimosaceae
21 Mangifera indica Ambo, Keri Tree Anacardiaceae
22 Maytenus emarginata Vikaro Tree Celastreceae
23 Moringa oleifera Sargvo Tree Moringaceae
24 Phoenix sylvestris Khajuri Tree Arecaceae
25 Pithecellobium dulce Goras Amali Tree Mimosaceae
26 Prosopis cineraria Khijado Tree Mimosaceae
27 Tamarindus indica Khati Amali Tree Caesalpiniaceae
28 Tamarix aphylla Athel tree Tree Tamaricaceae
29 Balanites aegyptiaca Hingor, Hingod Small Tree Balanitaceae
30 Clerodendrum phlomidis Arani Small Tree Verbenaceae
31 Parkinsonia aculeata Ram Bavar Small Tree Caesalpiniaceae
32 Punica granatum Dadam Small Tree Punicaceae
33 Thespesia populnea Paras Pimpro Small Tree Malvaceae
34 Zizyphus mauritiana Boradi Small Tree Rhamnaceae
35 Abutilon indicum Khapato Shrub Malvaceae
36 Bougainvillea spectabilis Bogan Vel Shrub Nyctaginaceae
37 Cadaba fruticosa Mirchi Shrub Capparaceae
38 Calotropis gigantea Safed Aakdo Shrub Asclepiadaceae
39 Calotropis procera Aakdo Shrub Asclepiadaceae
40 Capparis decidua Kerad Shrub Capparaceae
41 Cassia auriculata Avar Shrub Caesalpiniaceae
42 Cocculus hirsutus Vevdi Shrub Menispermaceae
43 Euphorbia sp. Thor Shrub Euphorbiaceae
44 Gossypium herbaceum Kapas Shrub Malvaceae
45 Indigofera oblongifolia Jheel Shrub Fabaceae
46 Lawsonia inermis HeenaMendi Shrub Lythraceae
47 Nerium indicum Lal Karen Shrub Apocynaceae
48 Prosopis juliflora Gando Bavar Shrub Mimosaceae
49 Ricinus communis Arenda Shrub Euphorbiaceae
50 Salvadora oleoides Mitha Pilu Shrub Salvadoraceae
51 Salvadora persica Piludi Shrub Salvadoraceae
52 Thevetia peruviana Piri Karen Shrub Apocynaceae
53 Crotalaria burhia Supada Shrub Fabaceae
54 Datura metel Dhaturo Shrub Solanaceae
55 Echinops echinatus Kantaro Shrub Asteraceae
56 Grewia tenax Gangeti Shrub Tiliaceae
57 Leptadenia pyrotechnica Buaro, Savarni Shrub Asclepiadaceae
58 Pupalia lappacea Kutario Shrub Amaranthaceae
59 Withania somnifera Ashwagandha Shrub Solanaceae
60 Zizyphus nummularia Chani Bor Shrub Rhamnaceae
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 86 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
S. No. SPECIES NAME LOCAL NAME HABIT FAMILY
61 Achyranthes aspera Karo Andhedo Herb Amaranthaceae
62 Aerva persica Barbuvaro Herb Amaranthaceae
63 Alternanthera sessilis Bhaji Herb Amaranthaceae
64 Argemone mexicana Piri Darudi Herb Papaverceae
65 Barleria acanthoides KantaSherio Herb Acanthaceae
66 Bergia ammannioides - Herb Elatinaceae
67 Blepharis sindica Haran Charo Herb Acanthaceae
68 Boerhavia diffusa Bethi Satodi Herb Nyctaginaceae
69 Cassia italica Mindhiavar Herb Caesalpiniaceae
70 Celosia argentea Lampadi Herb Amaranthaceae
71 Commicarpus verticillatus Satodi Herb Nyctaginaceae
72 Convolvulus microphyllus Sankhvali Herb Convolvulaceae
73 Corchorus depressus Mundheri Herb Tiliaceae
74 Digera muricata Kanajaro Herb Amaranthaceae
75 Eclipta prostrata Bhangaro Herb Asteraceae
76 Enicostema axillare Mamejavo Herb Gentianaceae
77 Evolvulus alsinoides Kari Sankhval Herb Convolvulaceae
78 Fagonia schweienfurthii Dhamaso Herb Zygophyllaceae
79 Goniogyna hirta Sonvel Herb Fabaceae
80 Indigofera linnaei Bhoy Gar Herb Fabaceae
81 Launaea procumbens BhoyanPatri Herb Asteraceae
82 Lepidagathis trinervis Haran Charo Herb Acanthaceae
83 Ocimum sanctum Tulsi Herb Lamnaceae
84 Parthenium hysterophorus Congress Gas Herb Asteraceae
85 Phyla nodiflora Rativel Herb Verbenaceae
86 Phyllanthus fraternus Bhoyan Amari Herb Euphorbiaceae
87 Physalis minima Sarpopta Herb Solanaceae
88 Portulaca quadrifida Luni Herb Portulacaceae
89 Sida ovata Bhoyan Bala Herb Malvaceae
90 Solanum surattense Jangali Ringani Herb Solanaceae
Sphaeranthus 91 Gorakh Mundi Herb Asteraceae senegalensis 92 Tribulus terrestris Gokharu Herb Zygophyllaceae
Trichodesma 93 Undh Fuli Herb Boraginaceae amplexicaule 94 Tridax procumbensi Karo Bhangro Herb Asteraceae
95 Typha angustata Gha Bajariu Herb Typhaceae
96 Vernonia cinerea Sankhavali Herb Asteraceae
97 Aristida adscensionis Ubhi Lamp Grass Poaceae
98 Aristida funiculata Nani Lamp Grass Poaceae
99 Bothriochloa glabra Siar Puchha Grass Poaceae
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 87 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
S. No. SPECIES NAME LOCAL NAME HABIT FAMILY
100 Cenchrus biflorus Dhaman Gha Grass Poaceae
101 Cenchrus ciliaris Dhaman Gha Grass Poaceae
102 Chloris barbata SiayarPuchha Grass Poaceae
103 Cymbopogon jwarancusa Gas Grass Poaceae
104 Dichanthium annulatum Jinjavo Grass Poaceae
105 Eleusine compressa Gas Grass Poaceae
Jersey love- 106 Eragrostis pilosa Grass Poaceae grass Melanocenchrus 107 Gas Grass Poaceae jacquemontii 108 Panicum antidotale Ghum Grass Poaceae
109 Pennisetum typhoides Bajri Grass Poaceae
110 Sorghum bicolor Jowar Grass Poaceae
Sporobolus 111 - Grass Poaceae maderaspatensis 112 Sporobolus marginatus - Grass Poaceae
113 Citrullus colocynthis Khara Tru Vela Climber Cucurbitaceae
114 Coccinia grandis Tindora Climber Cucurbitaceae
115 Cucumis prophetarum Kantora Climber Cucurbitaceae
116 Mukia maderespatensis Ankhfutmani Climber Cucurbitaceae
117 Rivea hypocrateriformis Fang Climber Convolvulaceae
118 Tinospora cordifolia Garo Climber Menispermaceae
Rare and Endangered flora in the study area The International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity. Among the enumerated flora in the study area, none of them was assigned any threatened endanger category, by RED data book of Indian Plants. Endemic plants of the study area: Among recorded plant species, during the survey period, none can be assigned the status of endemic plant of this region.
Faunal biodiversity in the study area As the animals, especially vertebrates and the winged invertebrates move from place to place in search of food, shelter, mate or other biological needs, separate lists for
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 88 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries project area and study area are not feasible. As such there are no chances of occurrence of any Rare or Endangered or Endemic or Threatened (REET) species within the project area and study area. There are no wildlife sanctuaries, National Parks, Tiger Reserve or Biosphere Reserve or Elephant Corridor or other protected areas within 10 Km of radius from project area, It is evident from the available records, reports and circumstantial evidence that the entire study area including the project area and study area were free from any endangered animals. Among the Mammals, only Indian field mouse Squirrels, Mongoose, Rats, Bandicoots and Rabbits were seen frequently during the survey. Among the reptiles, Lizards, Garden lizards were very common. Indian Cobra and lizard were seen once during the survey. Other reptiles were very rare. The amphibians were also rare. A list of Mammals, Reptiles and Amphibians either found or reported from the area is given in Table 3.33. A list of birds is given in Table 3.35. There were no resident birds other than Crows, Parrots, Doves, and Weaver birds, Swifts and Mynas. It is apparent from the list that none of the species with the sole exception of Peacock either spotted or reported is included in Schedule I of the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. Peacocks are fairly common in these areas. They do not come under the threatened category of the IUCN. Further it is easy to multiply Peacocks and they can be easily domesticated if permitted.
3.9.3.1 Methodology for Mammals study: The mammal survey was carried out by walking through different habitats, recording and collecting evidence of mammals. Besides fixed transect survey as far as possible, random search was also adopted to record the occurrence of mammalian species in the study area. Indirect evidences such as scats, pug/foot marks, calls of different mammalian species and discussion with the villagers in the surrounding villages were used for the identification and documentation of the mammalian species there are several minor carnivorous and herbivorous wild animals in the study area. The commonly observed or reported mammals during study period are presented in below Table No. 3.32.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 89 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Table no.3.33 LIST OF MAMMALS OBSERVED IN STUDY AREA S. IUCN Scientific Name Local name Schedule No Status 1 Semnopithecus entellus Bengal Hanuman Langur II NT 2 Sus scrofa Wild Pig* III LC 3 Boselaphus tragocamelus Nilgai * III LC 4 Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare IV LC 5 Funambulus pennantii Five-Striped Palm Squirrel IV LC 6 Funumbuls palmarum Three Striped Squirrel IV LC 7 Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare IV LC 8 Herpestes edwardsii Common Mongoose II LC 8 Rousettus leschenaultia Fruit Bat V LC 9 Bandicota indica Rat V LC 10 Mus rattus Indian Rat V LC * Ecological data collection - interactions with local personnel, forest officials of respective forest ranges and direct indirect observation in the project area and project study area.
3.9.3.2 Methodology for Herpeto - fauna: Herpeto-fauna were noticed mainly in fresh water and marshy places Different amphibians, Lizards and reptiles in the study area Presented in below table no. 3.33., Butterflies: Butterflies spotted in the study area were identified as per Butterflies of India. List of butterflies in the study area are presented in Table.3.34
TABLE 3.34: LIST OF REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS OBSERVED IN STUDY AREA IW (P) A, Sl. IUCN Scientific Name Common Name 1972, No. Status Schedule Reptiles, Lizards & Amphibians 1 Ptyas mucosus Rat Snake LC II 2 Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian Krait LC IV 3 Naja naja Common Cobra * LC II 4 Daboia russelii Russell’s Viper * LC II 5 Hemidactylus brookii House Lizard LC IV 6 Sitana ponticeriana Fan-Throated Lizard LC IV 7 Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard LC IV 8 Mabuya carinata Common Skink LC IV 9 Duttaphrynus melanostictus Common Indian Toad LC IV 10 Euphlyctis hexadactylus Indian Pond Frog LC IV * Ecological data collection - interactions with local personnel, forest officials of respective forest ranges and direct indirect observation in the project area and project study area
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 90 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 3.35: LIST OF BUTTERFLIES OBSERVED IN STUDY AREA IUCN W(P)A, S. No. Scientific name Common name Status 1972 1 Papilio polytes Common Mormon LC Sch-IV 2 Eurema hecabe Common Grass yellow LC Sch-IV 3 Ixias mariane White orange tip LC Sch-IV 4 Colotis danae Crimson tip LC Sch-IV 5 Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger * LC Sch-IV 6 Danaus genutia Striped Tiger LC Sch-IV 7 Hypolimanas misippus Danaid egg fly LC Sch-IV 8 Castalius rosimon Common Pierrot * LC Sch-IV 9 Mycalesis perseus Common bush brown LC Sch-IV 10 Euploea core Common Crow LC Sch-IV 11 Juninia almanac Peacock Pansey * LC Sch-IV * Ecological data collection - interactions with local personnel, forest officials of respective forest ranges and direct indirect observation in the project area and project study area
3.9.3.3 Methodology for Birds in Study Area: Survey for birds was done in different areas like wetlands, cultivation lands. Birds were observed mostly during most active period of the day around 5.30 hrs to 8.30 hrs and 15.30 hrs to 18.30 hrs. Birds were identified by direct observation, identifying the physical features with the help of field guides (The book of Indian Birds by Salim Ali) and reference books. In case of complications in identification, photographs were taken for identification in later stages. Birds were observed in different types of habitats and those areas where sighting chances are more. However, time schedule was altered according to situation and availability of time. The list of avifauna observed recorded or observed in study area is presented in below table no. 3.35.
TABLE 3.36: LIST OF BIRDS (TERRESTRIAL & AQUATIC) EITHER SPOTTED OR REPORTED FROM THE AREAS IN AND AROUND THE PROJECT SITE IUCN S. No Local Name Scientific Name Schedule Status 1. Shikra Accipiter badius IV LC 2. Bank Myna Acridotheres ginginianus IV LC 3. Common Myna Acridotheres tristis IV LC 4. Small Blue Kingfisher Alcedo atthis IV LC White-Breasted Water 5. Amauronis phoenicurus IV LC Hen 6. House Swift Apus affinis IV LC 7. Large Egret Ardea alba IV LC
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 91 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
IUCN S. No Local Name Scientific Name Schedule Status 8. Grey Heron Ardea cinerea IV LC 9. Indian Pond Heron Ardeola grayii IV LC 10. Cattle Egret Bulbulcus ibis IV LC 11. Crow-Pheasant Centropus sinensis IV LC 12. Blue Rock Pigeon Columba livia IV LC 13. Oriental Magpie- Robin Copsychus saularis IV LC 14. Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis IV LC 15. House Crow Corvus splendens V LC 16. Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus IV LC 17. Koel Edynamys scolopacea IV LC 18. Little Egret Egretta garzetta IV LC 19. Smaller Egret Egretta intermedia IV LC 20. Blackwinged Kite Elanus caeruleus IV LC 21. Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopacea IV LC 22. Sarus Crane Grus antigone IV LC White Breasted 23. Halcyon smyrensis IV LC Kingfisher 24. Brahminy Kite Haliastur indus IV LC 25. Black Winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus IV LC 26. Red-Rumped Swallow Hirundo daurica IV LC 27. House Swallow Hirundo rustica IV LC 28. Spotted Munia Lonchura punctulata IV LC 29. Small Green Bee-Eater Merops orientalis IV LC 30. Blue-Tailed Bee-Eater Merops phillippinus IV LC 31. Black Kite Milvus migrans IV LC 32. Pariah Kite Milvus migrans govinda IV LC 33. White Wagtail Motacilla alba IV LC 34. Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica IV LC 35. Tailer Bird Orthotomus sutorius IV LC 36. House Sparrow Passer domesticus IV LC 37. Common Peafowl Pavo cristatus I LC 38. Little Cormorant Phalacrocorax niger IV LC 39. Black Ibis Pseudibid papillosa IV LC 40. Roseringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri IV LC 41. Red Vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer IV LC 42. Pied Bushchat Saxicola caprata IV LC 43. Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata IV LC 44. Spotted Dove Steptopedila chinensis IV LC 45. Red Turtle Dove Streptoplia tranquebarica IV LC 46. White Ibis Threskiornis aethiopica IV LC
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 92 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
IUCN S. No Local Name Scientific Name Schedule Status Threskiornis 47. Black Headed Ibis IV LC melanocephalus 48. Common Sandpiper Tringa hypoleucos IV LC 49. Large Grey Babbler Turdoides malcolmi IV LC 50. Hoopoe Upupa epops IV LC 51. Yellow-Wattled Lapwing Vanelles malabaricus IV LC 52. Red Wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus IV LC * Ecological data collection - interactions with local personnel, forest officials of respective forest ranges and direct indirect observation in the project area and project study area.
Status of Forest and their category in the study area: No natural forest land was observed in the study area except few scattered scrub cover in the barren lands and area demarcated for grazing.
3.9.4 RET and Schedule – I, Fauna On the basis of literature survey, from Red data books of Indian plants, detailed list Rare and Endangered flora reveals that there are no Endangered, Threatened, Rare plant species observed or recorded during study period. There are no endangered animals, however recorded or observed list of wild animals and their conservation status as per Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 are presented above tables. As per Ministry of Environment, forests and climate change, Forest department of Government of Gujarat state notifications reveals that there are no Biospheres, Tiger Reserves, Elephant Reserves, National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries, Conservation Reserves and Community Reserves in 10 - km radius from plant boundary.
3.10. Socio Economic Study The socio - economic aspects of people in the 10 km radius of the plant site at Plot No: 65, F - G, Soham Industrial Park, Part - II, Block No. 312 - 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahemdabad District, Gujarat by Ratankamal Industries was analyzed. The socio-economic data forms the basis for developing a suitable enterprise social responsibility plan to address the needs of the population.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 93 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
3.10.1. Methodology Adopted for the Study The methodology adopted for the study mainly includes review of published secondary data and primary data collection through sample survey conducted project study area. The Hand book of statistics, Ahemdabad District - 2011 for respect to population, density, household size, sex ratio, literacy rate and occupational structure for 10 km radius study area.
3.10.2. Distribution of Population in the study area As per 2011 census the study area consists of 117577 persons inhabited in the study area of 10 km radial distance from the periphery of the project. The distribution of population in the study area is given in Table 3.37.
TABLE 3.37: POPULATION DISTRIBUTION 0-6 Y Total Male Female 0-6 Y Male 0-6 Y Total S. No Village Name Female population Population Population Population Population Population 1 Ambaliyara 3567 1861 1706 228 197 425 2 Badarkha 10002 5371 4631 666 494 1160 3 Bakrol Bujrang 3538 1838 1700 294 242 536 4 Barejadi 1602 807 795 106 103 209 5 Bhat 5858 3037 2821 416 345 761 6 Chaloda 8641 4460 4181 576 531 1107 7 Chandisar 4698 2416 2282 352 321 673 8 Giramtha 4151 2136 2015 301 277 578 9 Jetalpur 6516 3411 3105 440 380 820 10 Kathwada 23330 12438 10892 1688 1498 3186 11 Kavitha 7591 3925 3666 545 476 1021 12 Mahijda 2748 1426 1322 202 153 355 13 Miroli 3257 1689 1568 220 174 394 14 Navagam 1355 711 644 85 67 152 15 Navapura 2475 1291 1184 211 198 409 16 Navapura 3756 1934 1822 299 259 558 17 Naz 2387 1237 1150 143 152 295 18 Ode 2197 1146 1051 139 142 281 19 Paldi 1469 767 702 115 93 208 20 Saroda 4534 2388 2146 369 295 664 21 Timba 1502 790 712 107 103 210 22 Vasai 2119 1122 997 127 99 226 23 Vasna Keliya 5776 2977 2799 330 295 625 24 Visalpur 4508 2319 2189 310 284 594
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 94 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
0-6 Y Total Male Female 0-6 Y Male 0-6 Y Total S. No Village Name Female population Population Population Population Population Population Total 117577 61497 56080 8269 7178 15447 (Source: Census data 2011) The male and female population constitutes about 52.30 % and 47.70 % in the study area respectively.
FIGURE 3.10: DIAGRAM SHOWING TOTAL POPULATION DISTRIBUTION IN THE STUDY AREA
3.10.3. Literacy & Illiteracy Rate Literacy level is quantifiable indicator to assess the development status of any area. The literate male and female in the study area are 46332 and 33466 which implies that the percentage of literacy rate is 75.34 % with male and 59.68 % with female respectively. The male and female illiterates population in the study area are 15165 and 22614 respectively which implies that the percentage of illiteracy rate is 24.66 % with male and 40.32 % with female respectively. The distribution of literate and literacy rate in the study area is given in Table 3.36. The graphical presentation of literates and illiterates in study area is given in figure 3.11.
3.10.3 LITERACY & ILLITERACY RATE TABLE 3.38: DISTRIBUTION OF LITERACY RATE AND ILLITERACY RATE IN THE STUDY AREA
S. No. Particulars Population 1 Male Population 61497 2 Female Population 56080 3 Total Population 117577 4 Male Population (0-6 years) 8269 5 Female Population (0-6 years) 7178 6 Total Population (0-6 years) 15447 7 Male Population excluding 0-6 Years 53228 8 Male population illiterates 15165
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 95 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
9 Male population Literates 46332 10 Male population illiterates 15165 11 Male population Literates % 75.34 12 Male population Illiterates % 24.66 13 Female Population excluding 0-6 Years 7178 14 Female population Illiterates 22614 15 Female population Literates 33466 16 Female population Illiterates 22614 17 Female population Literates % 59.68 18 Female population Illiterates % 40.32 (Source: Census data 2011)
Figure 3.11: The Diagram Showing Literates and Illiterates in Study Area
3.10.4. Occupational Structure The occupational structure of residents of work participation rate in the study area is studied with reference to main workers, marginal workers and non workers. The main workers include 10 categories of workers defined by the Census Department consisting of cultivators, agricultural laborers, those engaged in live-stock, forestry, fishing, mining and quarrying; manufacturing, processing and repairs in household industry; and other than household industry, construction, trade and commerce, transport and communication and other services. The marginal workers are those workers engaged in some work for a period of less than six months during the reference year prior to the census survey. The non- workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students, retired persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc.; institutional inmates or all other non-
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 96 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries workers who do not fall under the above categories. Occupational pattern of the concerned study area is recorded to assess skills of people. Occupational pattern also helps in identifying dominating economic activity in the area. In the study area the main and marginal workers are 39560 and 5969 respectively of the total population while the remaining 72048 constitutes non- workers.
Figure 3.12: The Diagram Showing Occupational Structure in Study Area
Table 3.39: Occupational Structure in Study Area
S. No Parameter Total Male Female 1 Main Workers 39560 34134 5426 2 Marginal Workers 5969 2034 3935 3 Non-Workers 72048 25329 46719 Total Population 117577 61497 56080 (Source: Census data 2011)
3.10.5 CIVIC AMENITIES AVAILABLE IN THE STUDY AREA The project site is located near bareja – where all the basic social amenities like, Emergency Medicare, Drinking-Water, Communications, Educational facilities , Roads and Power supply are readily available.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 97 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
A) Power and Energy: All Villages, in the Project Study Area, are electrified – both for common facilities like, Street Lights, Public Water Pumping, etc. and also almost all houses are electrified for home lighting, while LPG, Kerosene Oil and in some cases Waste Agri-Waste, Fallen Firewood, Cow Dung Cakes, etc. are used for cooking purpose.
B) Health and Medical Facilities: Most Villages have PHCs or Visiting ANMs / Health Counseling-cum-Primary Health Care Mobile Units. For Maternity and Specialist Care & basic Diagnostics, adequate facilities are available near to project site, which is 10 km. from the proposed project site. and for Critical and Advanced Medicare & Diagnostics, local communities visit Ahmedabad City, which is about 20 km from the project site. Ambulance is available for emergencies to evacuate patients of serious health condition/s to the Multi-Specialty.
C) Tele-Communications: Telecommunication facility in the Project Study Area is adequate; BSNL Electronic Telephone Exchange is available and BSNL Mobile / BSNL / Aircel / Airtel / Vodafone, Idea Cellular & Reliance Telecom Services available everywhere.
D) Local Administration & Law: While all the Villages and Towns do have ‘Village Panchayat’, duly elected by the local electorates to assure Sanitation, Local Law & Order and to coordinate with various Government Departments & Other Agencies, concerned for local Sanitation, General Hygiene, Immunisation, Nutrition Programmes, Enhancement of Literacy Levels and Crime / Law & Order as well as all Central and State Governmental Developmental Projects.
E) Other Administrative Issues: They are further supported by the Mamlatdar Office stationed at Daskroi (6.2 km), the Head Quarters of the District is Ahmedabad which is 20 km from project site.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 98 Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
F) Transportation & Other Important Facilities: The nearest Police Station, the Fire Station and Bus Station are located at Bareja which is near to the project site and there are also Bus-Station, Bus- Stops at Bareja to all major Towns & Cities.
3.10.6 Corporate Social Responsibility of the Project Proponent Due to proposed project there is no major negative impact on socio economic environment. The proposed project requires a workforce of 20 persons. Thus industrial activity will boost up the commercial and economical status of the locality to some extent. And, the overall impacts on socio-economic environment due to the proposed project are positive in nature and accrue to the community on the long-terms basis.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 99
CHAPTER -IV
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENIVORNMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1 INTRODUCTION The major element involved in the process of Environmental Impact Assessment is the Identification of impacts as it forms the basis for quantification and evaluation of impacts. In this section, the impacts on the environment, either beneficial or deleterious due to the proposed project have been identified. The aspects of the environment, which are likely to be disturbed or damaged due to the proposed project, are represented as parameters. Prediction of impacts is the most important component in the Environmental Impact Assessment studies for quantification and evaluation of impacts. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to predict impacts of developmental activities on physical, ecological and socio-economic environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction of impacts helps in minimizing the impacts on environmental quality during the post project execution. The identified impacts for various components of environment viz., air, noise, water, land, socio-economy, etc. are presented herewith. EIA is an activity or an attempt to identify, predict, evaluate and communicate the likely environmental impacts of the activity/project on the environment.
4.2 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE This includes the following activities related to construction of related structures and installation of related equipment.
4.2.1 Impact on Land Use Present Land use of the site is industrial use and the proposed project will be in an area of 0.46 Acres (1869 SQM). Construction of plant will lead to permanent change in land use pattern at the site.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 100
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
4.2.2 Impact on Land / Soil Environment The activities of proposed project will be confined within the plant site premises. During construction works, top soil generated from various activities like excavation etc. will be stored and preserved to use it during restoration period as far as possible. There will be no disposal of wastewater on land. Hazardous wastes will be stored at earmarked area with impervious flooring, shed and spillage/ leakage collection system to eliminate rainwater contamination, chances of overflow / spillages going on to the land and thus land/ soil contamination.
4.2.3 Impact on Topography Since it is a new project, changes occur in topography due to excavation of soil in the proposed project area and construction of buildings and facilities. During construction, excavated soil will be restored to its original shape. Thus the impact during the construction is reversible, for short term and insignificant. During the operation phase of the project, no impact is envisaged on the topography.
4.2.4 Impact on Air Quality There will be impact on Air Environment during construction phase and also during operation phase. The impact during construction phase will be short term and reversible. However impacts during operation phase will have long term impacts due to flue gas emission as well as process gas emission. But suitable air pollution control measures will be adopted to keep the quality of air emission below the prescribed norms so as to have minimal impact on air quality. The main sources of emission during the construction period are the movement of equipment at site and dust emitted during the leveling, grading, earthwork, foundation works and exhaust emissions from vehicles and equipment deployed during the construction phase is also likely to result in marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOx, SPM and CO.
4.2.5 Impact on Water Quality The water required for construction will be available near to the site. Sanitation facilities (septic tanks and soak pits) are available for disposal of sanitary sewage generated by the workforce. The overall impact on water environment during construction phase due to proposed project is likely to be short term and insignificant.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 101
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
4.2.6 Impact on Noise Levels Noise will be generated due to construction traffic for loading and unloading, fabrication and handling of equipment and materials are likely to cause an increase in the ambient noise levels. The areas affected are those close to the site. However, the noise will be temporary and will be restricted mostly to daytime.
4.2.7 Impact on Ecology The proposed area is a non-forest land sparsely covered by perennial grasses, forbs along with a few shrubs The proposed project will not involve removal of any vegetation from the soil and loosening of the topsoil generally causes soil erosion as it is. However, such impacts will be confined to the project site and will be minimized through paving and water sprinkling. However, 34.8% of greenbelt will be developed in the proposed project site. The existing trees will be preserved to the extent possible. Thus, there will no major adverse impacts are envisaged on ecological environment due to project activities.
4.2.8 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment Due to proposed project there is no major negative impact on socio economic environment. The proposed project will requires a workforce of 20 persons during plant operations. Thus industrial activity will boost up the commercial and economical status of the locality to some extent. And, the overall impacts on socio-economic environment due to the proposed project are positive in nature and accrue to the community on the long-terms basis.
4.3 MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE During construction phase, the construction activities like site leveling, grading, transportation of the construction material cause various impacts on the surroundings. However, the constructional phase impacts are temporary and localized to the project site.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 102
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
4.3.1 Land/Soil Environment Management The earthen material generated during excavations and site grading periods, will be properly dumped and slope stabilization shall be taken. The topsoil generated during construction shall be preserved and reused for plantations. Solid / hazardous waste generated will be stored separately in Hazardous Waste storage area within the factory premises and disposed as per guidelines. The hazardous waste storage area has non-percolating RCC floor and covered roof. Hence, no significant negative impact is envisaged on the surrounding soil quality due to presence of solid / hazardous waste within the plant premises.
4.3.2 Air Quality Management The activities like site development, construction and vehicular traffic contribute to increase in SPM and NOx concentrations. The mitigation measures recommended to minimize the impacts are: Water sprinkling in construction area. Proper maintenance of vehicles and construction equipment. Tree plantation in the area earmarked for greenbelt development.
4.3.3 Water Quality Management The domestic sewage generated during the construction activity will be routed to septic tanks followed by soak pit.
4.3.4 Noise Level Management Construction equipment and vehicular traffic contribute to the increased noise level. Recommended mitigation measures are: Good maintenance of vehicles and construction equipment. Restriction of construction activities to day time only. Plantation of trees around the plant boundary to attenuate the noise.
4.3.5 Ecological Management During construction, small shrubs in the plant premises are required to be cleared. The measures required to be undertaken to minimize the impact on the ecology are: The felling of trees will be kept at minimum. Adequate Greenbelt will be developed.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 103
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
4.3.6 Social community Management Constructional activities will generate employment to about 20 workers.
4.4 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE This phase of the project is important because it generates long-term impacts as the production starts. The following activities related to the operational phase will have varying impacts on the environment and are considered for impact assessment: Air environment Water resources and quality Noise levels Land use Soil quality Solid waste Terrestrial and aquatic ecology Demography and socio-economics. Hydrology & Geology
4.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT The impacts on air quality from project depend on various factors like design capacity, configuration, process technology, raw material, fuel to be used, air pollution control measures, operation and maintenance. Apart from the above, other activities associated with transportation of fuel, raw materials and finished products, storage facilities and material handling within the plant premises may also contribute to air pollution.
4.5.1 Source of Air Pollution The operational phase activities are expected to have long - term impacts on the air quality. The main sources from project are detailed below.
A. Flue gas Emissions Boiler and DG set are the two main sources of emissions from the plant. Ratankamal Industries proposed to install 0.8 TPH Fuel Briquettes fired boiler. A 30 KVA DG Set is kept as standby power during power failures. Flue gas emissions will be controlled using cyclone separators.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 104
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
PM, SO2 and NOx are the main air pollutants generated from the boiler and DG set. The emissions from the boiler stack and DG Set Stack are given in Table 4.1& 4.2
TABLE 4.1: EMISSION DETAILS FROM PROPOSED BOILER STACK Particulars Units 0.8 TPH Boiler Type of Fuel -- Fuel Briquettes Fuel Consumption TPD 1.2 Ash Content % 25 Sulphur Content % 0.2 No. of Stacks No 1 Height of Stack M 11 Diameter of Stack M 0.50 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 100 Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 7.0 Particulate Matter gm/sec 0.15 Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 0.06 Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 0.08
TABLE 4.2: EMISSION DETAILS FROM DG SET STACK Emission Emission Emission Stack Flue Gas Stack Flue gas Capacity of SPM in Of SO in of NO dia. Temp. in Height Velocity in KVA 2 x mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 in mg/Nm3 in m OC in m in m/sec 30 KVA 60 75 100 0.2 170 8 12.5
B. Process/Fugitive Emissions No Process emissions are liberated from the manufacturing process of proposed products.
C. Fugitive emission The main sources of fugitive emissions from project are handling of liquid raw materials. The liquid raw materials will be stored in drums in elevated flat from under the roof. Bulk quantities will be stored in storage tanks with vent condensers to avoid the fugitive emissions. Liquid raw materials will be handled in closed conditions thereby reducing the losses in the form of evaporation.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 105
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
4.5.2 Prediction of Impacts on Air Environment The objective of dispersion modeling is to predict the ground level concentration during the operation of plant and its impact on ambient air quality of the area. Air quality assessment is done by integrating the measurement techniques and modeling tools. The air modeling tools are routinely used in the environmental impact assessments, risk analysis, emergency planning, and source apportionment studies. Recent strategies for air pollution control in industries have largely neglected the emission reduction measures which are the prime polluting sources. To accomplish this, various air dispersion models have been developed and used worldwide so far for different applications under different scenarios. The Gaussian plume model is a standard approach for studying the transport of pollutants due to turbulent diffusion and advection by the wind. Applications of such models have been made mandatory. In this study, the AERMOD (the American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee’s Dispersion Model, Gaussian dispersion model is selected to predict the ground level concentrations (GLC’s) of Particulate Matter (PM) µg/m3, sulphur dioxide (SO2) µg/m3 , and oxides of nitrogen (NOx)- µg/m3 from point source emissions will be investigated in the study area.
Methodology Prediction of GLC values are made by using AERMOD software approved by U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and has adopted it as its regulatory model since 2005. In point source emissions, the stacks are subjected to plume rise which again is dependent on force of buoyancy and momentum. The higher is the plume rise or stack, the lesser will be ground level concentrations (GLC’s).The emissions when released into the atmosphere are subjected to transportation, dispersion, transformation, and fall out and wash out and finally reach the ground level at a particular distance and concentrations. The relationship between the source of emissions and its magnitude with the ground level concentrations (GLC’s) at receptor points is governed by air dispersion models which take into the account by the source strength, plume rise, atmospheric stability, mixing height, wind velocity, terrain and other meteorological conditions. The comparison between the predicted and field sampled downwind concentrations for PM, SO2 & NOX (µg/m3)
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 106
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries will be carried out in this study to predict the average downwind ground level concentrations (GLC’s)
Data Used for Computation Stack emissions data have been used for prediction of short-term incremental GLC values of PM, SO2 & NOx using the meteorological data collected at site during the Oct – 2017 to Dec – 2017. Details of the data used for computations are given below: Source Characteristics/Release Characteristics The details of estimated stack emissions load are given in Table 4.2.
Meteorological Data The meteorological data recorded continuously during the month of Oct – 2017 to Dec – 2017, on hourly basis. AERMOD model requires hourly surface data values for wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity and cloud cover. Both data files for the surface and profile files were then used to generate the meteorological file required by the AERMOD dispersion model using the AERMET meteorological pre-processor. This AERMET has three stages to process the data. The first stage extracts meteorological data and assesses data quality through a series of quality assessment checks. The second stage merges all data available for 24-hour periods and writes these data together in a single intermediate file. The third and final stage reads the merged meteorological data and estimates the necessary boundary layer parameters for dispersion calculations by AERMOD.
Dispersion Modeling Results The 24 hourly average ground level concentration (GLC) values from plant have been computed for PM, SO2 & NOx considering topographical features around the plant and applicable stability classes. The maximum 24 hourly average GLC values for PM, SO2 & NOx from plant are given in Table 4.5 to Table 4.6. Corresponding isopleths plotted are shown in Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.3 for SPM, SO2 & NOx.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 107
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 4.3: PREDICTED 24-HOURLY SHORT TERM INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS Maximum Incremental GLCs Distance Direction Season (μg/m3) (km)
SPM SO2 NOx Oct – 2017 to 1.29 0.77 1.02 0.2 WNW Dec – 2017
TABLE 4.4: RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS DUE TO INCREMENTAL GLC's Maximum Incremental NAAQ Resultant Baseline Concentrations due Standards Pollutant Concentration Concentration to Proposed Project (μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m3) PM 63.3 1.29 64.59 100
SO2 14.9 0.77 15.67 80 NOx 23.6 1.02 24.62 80
With this marginal contribution due to the proposal of the project, the levels of SPM,
SO2 &NOx, will remain below the 24 –hourly ambient air quality standards for SO2 & 3 3 NOx (80 μg/m ) and PM10 (100μg/m ) prescribed by CPCB. The operation of plant is not likely to cause any significant impact on the ambient air quality of the study area.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 108
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE - 4.1: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF SPM
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 109
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE - 4.2: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF SO2
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 110
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE - 4.3: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF NOX Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 111
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
4.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT The total water requirement for the proposed project is 34.11 KLD. Total effluent generated is 3.0 KLD.
TABLE 4.5: TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT Water Input S.No Purpose In KLD 1 Process 19.61 2 Washings 1.00 3 Boiler make up 1.50 4 Cooling towers make up 9.00 5 Domestic 1.00 6 Gardening 2.00 Total 34.11
TABLE 4.6: TOTAL WASTE WATER GENERATION Effluent S.No Particulars Generation in Treatment Method KLD 1 Process 0.00 Waste water will be reused 2 Washings 1.00 back in the process 3 Boiler Blow down 0.20 Forced evaporation. Condensate reused in 4 Cooling tower Blow Down 1.00 cooling tower makeup Sent to septic tank followed 5 Domestic 0.80 by soak pit. Total 3.0
4.7 NOISE ENVIRONMENT The main sources of noise pollution are Boiler, Reactors, DG Set, Air compressors, and other Noise generating units. Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading / unloading of raw materials and finished products and transporting activity may also increase noise level. Noise levels in the ambient air are well within the permissible limits given by the National Ambient Noise level standards as confirmed during baseline study. Leq values of the noise levels within the plant premises will be kept less than 75 – 70 db [A] [during day time and night time] which will be within the permissible limit.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 112
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
4.8 IMPACT ON LAND USE The current land use type of project site is for Industrial use. Total land in possession is 0.46 Acres (1869 SQM), out of this Greenbelt is 0.16 Acres (650 SQM) and Rest is industrial use. Earth Road is available up to the site. Pucca road of 10m width will be laid during construction of plant. No township is proposed as part of the project. Hence no increase in habitation area. As per land break up single crop land and Double crop lands are the major land use type covering the study area. Crop lands are influencing factors to the environment. The Proposed Project is located near Bareja. Surrounding area has industries which will cumulatively impact the environment.
4.9 IMPACT ON SOIL One of the adverse impacts of a project may be enhanced soil erosion, mainly on account of rain and flood. Soil erosion is due to heavy rains and floods coupled with improper and unplanned land use. Physico-chemical changes in soil quality may occur due to spillage of various chemicals on land around storage area. The impact will remain confined within the factory premises it will change the quality of soil and impact will be of irreversible in nature.
4.10 IMPACT OF SOLID WASTE The details of hazardous waste to be generated from the proposed project, is mentioned at Chapter - 2. The current practice of storage of generated hazardous waste, in a closed room having an impervious bottom, and disposed of as per the prescribed guidelines will be continued for the generation of hazardous waste. Hence, the impact due to the same will be negligible as the handling of hazardous waste to be generated will be disposed as per guidelines. The details of solid/Hazardous waste details are shown in below Table 4.7. The ash from boiler will be used in the brick manufacturing. The ash of 0.5 µm to 45 µm will be used in the cement manufacturing as a filler material, stabilization of soft soils, mineral filler in asphaltic concrete, floor and metal castings etc.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 113
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE 4.7: SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL MODE Name of the S. No Quantity Disposal Method Hazardous Waste Process Collection, Storage, Transportation & 1 100 Kg/Year Waste(Organic) Incineration at CHWIF Collection, Storage, Transportation & 1800 2 Raw material Bags reused Or Sell to GPCB authorized No’s/Year vendor Collection, Storage, Transportation & 3 Empty Barrels 1200No’s/Year reused Or Sell to GPCB authorized vendor Collection, Storage, Transportation & 4 Used Oil 50 Ltrs/Year Sell to GPCB authorized recycler or reuse within premises 5 Ash from Boiler 300 Kg/Day Sent to Brick manufacturers 6 FE Salts 3 Kg/day Sent to TSDF
4.11 IMPACTS ON ECOLOGY Prediction of impacts is based both on the direct and indirect; short-term as well as long-term; irreversible and irreversible impacts that are most likely to occur owing to the industrial activity during establishment and operation. The ecological factors that are considered most significant as far as the impact on flora and fauna are concerned: 1. Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity. 2. Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation. 3. Whether there shall be any risk or threat to the rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species. 4. Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as (i) disruption of food chains, (ii) decline in species population and or (iii) alterations in predator-prey relationships. Negative Impacts: As there is change in the land use and land cover on account of the proposed project, the proposed action is not going to have any direct and significant negative impacts of flora and fauna or biodiversity. Most probable Scenario: As stated earlier, it is a new project there will be change in the land use and land cover within the project site. No damage is going to be done to the existing green cover within the project site. Except for a few weeds, there are only cultivated plants
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 114
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries and no RET species in the core area. No species is going to be lost on account of the proposed project. No direct or indirect damage is expected to the flora and fauna of the buffer zone. Further, as there are no rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species, the project does not pose any threat to the flora and fauna of the study area. As the industry is required to operate and maintain the emissions and effluents within the limits specified by the CPCB / SPCB, the effects of the industry on the flora and fauna of the buffer zone may be negligible. Neither the storm water nor the effluent water nor any other kind of rain or waste water from the industry shall get in to the drinking water resources.
4.12 IMPACTS ON SOCIO- ECONOMY During the erection phase short term direct or indirect employment will be generated. Project Proponent shall give first preference to the Local people wherever found suitable for all the jobs in the plant operations. Economic status of the local people will improve due to the increased employment & business opportunities, thereby, making a positive impact to the Local Economy. Educational, medical and housing facilities in the study area will considerably improve. Thus, the proposed project will have significant positive impact on the socio-economic environment.
4.13 IMPACTS ON HYROLOGY & GEOLOGY The generation of ash from the industry will have sedimentation affect over the wind ward side on the soil regime as well as the buffer zone over a period of time affecting the Green cover/ plantation thereby affecting the growth of plants / crops. The chemically loaded waste water leakage from the industry will adversely affect the soil, surface and groundwater.
4.14 MITIGATION MEASURES DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE 4.14.1 Mitigation Measures for Air Environment The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions emanating out of process reactions by providing vent condensers. Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 115
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the all the reactors. Adequate stack height of 11 Mtrs will be provided to the 0.8 TPH boiler. Stack monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the compliance of the stipulated norms. Apart from this Cyclone Separator will be provided to the boiler. In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop greenbelt in and around its premises.
4.14.2 Mitigation Measures for Water Environment Effluent generated in the plant will be treated in Proposed FE system. The industry is proposing to install a FE System with 2 KLD capacity, The leakages of oil spills from machinery shall be collected in leak proof barrels and then disposed off to SPCB authorized dealers. Unit is proposed to recharge ground water through roof water harvesting pits in the project area and rain water harvesting pits outside plant area wherever possible to balance the water table.
4.14.3 MITIGATION MEASURES FOR HYDROLOGY & GEOLOGY Ash generation and storage will be monitored closely to avoid leakages and will be disposed safely to the brick manufacturing industries and infrastructure projects. The ash spreading in and around the plant will be avoided by storing under closed conditions at dedicated place till it is disposed to users.
4.14.4 Measures for hazardous/solid waste To reduce the quantity of solid / hazardous waste generation as well as possible contamination of land (soil) due to spillages / leaks from the plant operations, following
Mitigation measures can be implemented: There will not be any leakages / spillage from the raw-materials storage and from the storage of generated effluent from the project.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 116
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
The generated Hazardous waste will be stored on floor with suitable packing and this dedicated area will be covered with the roof. The records on quantity of hazardous waste generation and disposal will be maintained for each category and possibilities will be explored for minimization and reuse. Classification of waste Collection, Storage, Transportation, & disposed/sale to authorized recycler or re-user. Data Management and Reporting Personnel Training
4.14.5 Measures for Noise To minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following noise control measures, Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and / or protective measures will be provided, if required (wherever noise level is more than 90 dB (A)). Employees will be provided with earplugs or earmuffs where exposure is 85 dB (A) or more. Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation. Green Belt Development.
4.14.6 Measures for Soil Conservation During operational phase, the chances of any enhanced soil erosion are not anticipated. But improper disposal of toxic wastes and accidental spillages of toxic chemicals can pose a serious threat to the soil, ground and surface waters. But the chances of such events cannot be quantified and predicted. Since the industry is expected all rules and regulations relating to the use, handling and disposal of all toxic and hazardous chemicals, no additional safety methods are required especially to prevent contamination of soil. Liberal use of locally available farmyard manure will be used for the plants in the greenbelt and block plantations for improving the productivity, fertility and health of soils.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 117
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the buffer zone and one from the project site reveals that all basically sandy loams.
4.14.7 Measures for Land use As per the data sourced from FAE- AP, WP & SHW Flue gases from Boiler stack will be passed from cyclone separators and discharged into the atmosphere through a stack of 11 m. Outlet dust emission from cyclone separators will be below 50 mg/Nm3. Waste water from Boiler Blow down & cooling tower Blow Down is sent to FE system and FE condensate is reused in cooling tower makeup, Hence there is no liquid discharge. Ash generated from the project will be given to the nearby brick manufacturers / cement plants.
4.14.7.1 Impact on agriculture As per the data sourced from FAE- AP, WP & SHW Air emission control systems such as Cyclone separator, Dust suppression system, covered conveyers; permanent internal roads will be installed / implemented to ensure compliance with the CPCB norms. The effluent from proposed project will be treated in ETP and after ensuring compliance with SPCB norms, the water recovered from treated effluent will be utilized for utilities and for greenbelt development. Ash generated from the project will be given to the nearby brick manufacturers. Waste oil from plant is stored in covered HDPE drums in designated area and given to SPCB approved recyclers. With implementation of all the aforementioned control systems & continued compliance with the norms, there will not be any adverse impact on agriculture in the study area due to the proposed project.
4.14.7.2 Impact on change in topography of the land & on drainage pattern. As per the data sourced from EC & PP The proposed unit will be in an area of 0.46 Acres. There will be a change in topography of the land, but there will be no change in drainage pattern.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 118
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
4.14.8 Measures for Socio-Economy Due to proposed activity the employment generation will be around 20 persons including, skilled, semi-skilled & unskilled labour and office staff. Local qualified personnel can be employed. Under CSR Budget, the proponent has allotted 6.25 lakhs to take up welfare activities.
4.14.9 Health & Safety measures Provision of periodic medical checkup for all the employees is necessary first aid facilities. Protective equipments will be regularly checked and will be kept easily accessible and easily workable during emergency.
Various types of fire extinguishers such as (Foam type, DCP, water, CO2 type) will be providing inside the factory premises.
4.15 ODOUR CONTROL MEASURES
The chance of odours within premises is mainly due to
Raw materials Storage / Handling Transportation of raw materials
Process
Raw materials transportation During reaction
ETP Operations Storage / Handling Storage Industry will provide adequate and proper storage facilities for all the raw materials and finished products. Corrosive substances will be stored away from the moisture. Solid raw material will be stored in covered area and Liquid raw material will be stored in closed Horizontal / Vertical tanks.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 119
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Hazardous chemicals and solid wastes will be stored away from other plant activities. The storage yard of chemicals will be isolated and it will be equipped with all necessary measures to control odours.
4.15.1 Handling All the raw materials and finished products will be handled as per the standard practice. For proper handling, company will adapt good housekeeping technology to entire shed. To avoid any leakage or spillage of chemicals from all storage tanks, third party will inspects transfer lines, valves, fittings and every joint periodically.
4.15.2 Transportation of Raw materials All the necessary precautions will be taken while carrying out transport of the above materials as per the Hazardous Rules of transportation. The vehicles for transportation of raw materials and products will be parked at specified loading facilities where there will be a provision of fire extinguishers. The finished product will be transported by road, rail and ship route in closed containers.
4.15.3 Other sources of odour nuisance are as follows Leaks from pressurized process equipment generally occur through valves, pipe connection, mechanical seals or related equipment.
4.15.3.1 Control measures To minimize & control leaks at process facilities operators carry out regular leak detection test and repair activities. Routine inspections of process equipment with gas detectors can be used to identify leaks & estimate the leak rate in order to decide an appropriate corrective action. Proper routine maintenance of equipment reduces the likelihood of leaks. Solvents will be transferred through the closed pipe line system.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 120
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
4.15.3.2 Cleaner production practices Process vessels: Liquid raw material will be charged by pumping and closed loops and dosing will be done by metering system to avoid odour. Double mechanical seals will be provided to the process vessels having agitator for reduction of odour and leakages.
Storage tanks Storage tanks for products as well as raw materials will be fitted with appropriate control devices [Condensers with chilled water circulation systems] to avoid possible odours / leakages.
House keeping Keep work areas clean. Keep aisles clear. Keep exits and entrances clear. Use proper waste collection containers. Cleanup spills and leaks off’s any type quickly and properly. Follow up preventive predictive maintenance.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 121
CHAPTER -V
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
CHAPTER – V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
Ratankamal Industries., proposed to establish a PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesives Manufacturing Unit. The project is located at Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part -II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahmedabad District, Gujarat. The unit to be established in an area of 0.46 Acres (1869 SQM), having the infrastructure facilities very near to the project location. Land, water sources, material transportation, and power etc are available without any difficulty and the site is also near to Ahmedabad. No need to analyze any alternate site for establishment of new unit.
The industry proposed to manufacture PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesives with production capacity of 1200 TPM.
The other supporting features are briefly summarized hereunder, Availability of all basic facilities like infrastructure, communication, medical facilities, fuel, water, power, unskilled & skilled manpower, raw materials, road network etc. The nearest city Ahmedabad is at 20 km away from the project site. Dholka Railway station is only 15 km (SW) away. Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel International Airport is 28 km (NNE) from the proposed Unit. Good communication and transportation facilities. No R & R will be required. No National Park or Wildlife Habitats falls within 10 km radial distance from proposed project site. The technology proposed by Ratankamal Industries for manufacturing of PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesives is one of the best and proven technologies; hence no alternative technology has been analyzed.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - V Page 122
CHAPTER -VI
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
CHAPTER – VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1 PREAMBLE Environmental monitoring provides feedback about the actual environmental impacts of a project. Monitoring results help judge the success of mitigation measures in protecting the environment. They are also used to ensure compliance with environmental standards, and to facilitate any needed project design or operational changes. An environmental monitoring program is important as it provides useful information and helps to: Assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and thus, provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures, and Define the responsibilities of the project proponents, contractors and environmental monitors and provides means of effectively communicating environmental issues among them. Define monitoring mechanism and identify monitoring parameters. Evaluate the performance and effectiveness of mitigation measures proposed in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and suggest improvements in management plan, if required. Find out pollution level inside the plant and in nearby area. Compile pollution related data for remedial measures. Find out efficiency level of pollution control measures adopted.
6.2 MONITORING PROGRAM Environmental monitoring programme is a vital process of any management plan of the development project. This helps in assessing the potential problems that result from the proposed project, changes in environmental conditions and effectiveness of implemented mitigation measures. Regular monitoring in a systematic and standardized manner helps in assessment of current environment and provides information on operational performance of installed pollution control facilities. Proposed schedule of environmental monitoring for the proposed project is given in following Table - 6.1.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 123
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE- 6.1: THE DETAILS OF THE MONITORING PROGRAM Location of Frequency Duration Type of Parameters to S.No Monitoring of of Instrument Monitoring be test station Sampling Sampling 3 Places at Once in a 8 hrs/24 PM10, SO2, 1 Ambient Air o RDS 120 angle month hrs NOX Production Work room Once in 3 Personal 2 Block, Store --- VOC’ concentration Months Sampler S rooms, Stack Stack Once in a PM , SO , 3 D. G Sets. --- Monitoring 10 2 Monitoring month NO Instrument X D. G. Sets, Compressors, Day – Night Chillers, Once in a Noise 4 Noise Levels --- Noise levels in Production month meter Leq block, Admin. block, etc.
Ground Nearest Bore Once in six 5 --- Lab Physical and water well months Chemical Parameters
All the above observations will be complied and documented by the EMC to serve the following purposes. . Identification of any environmental problems that are occurring in the area. . Initiating or providing solution to those problems through designed channels and verification of the implementation status . Controlling activities inside the plant, until the environmental problem has been corrected. . Suitably responds to emergency situations The industry will engage recognized laboratories to carry out all necessary monitoring parameters. Qualified staff has been appointed for the purpose of Operation and maintenance of the pollution control facilities. Stand-by facilities are provided to all the facilities so as to ensure fail proof treatment.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 124
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
6.3 INFRASTRUCTURAL REQUIREMENT & PROCUREMENT SCHEDULES The plant generates effluent utilities and domestic, no effluent generation from process. Gaseous emission, fugitive emission and noise by NABL approved laboratory as proposed in monitoring program.
6.3.1 LIST OF INSTRUMENTS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING A. High Volume Sampler (Respirable Dust Sampler) Blower : 1.5 m3 / min capacity with adapter for uniform suction through filter, cyclone separator and arrangement to sample gases. Voltage Stabilizer : A properly calibrated manometer assembly for the determination of flow rate through filter paper. Rota meter : Calibrated (0-5lpm) for maintaining flow rate for gaseous sampling. Main Housing : Rectangular main housing (29 cm x 36 cm)
B. Noise Monitoring Noise levels in the work space environment will be monitored periodically. If any deviation is observed necessary corrective measures will be taken. Monitoring noise level is essential to assess the efficacy of maintenance of schedules undertaken to reduce noise levels and noise protection measures. A good quality sound pressure level meter is essential for this purpose. This work can be handled by plant authorities themselves or by hiring services. Noise surveillance is for the benefit of the workers well being and to keep track of machine wear.
C. Monitoring Of Effluents Streams The plant generates effluent utilities and domestic, no effluent generation from process.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 125
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
6.4 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY Ratankamal Industries not only carries out business but also understands the obligations towards the Environment. The company believes in sustainable development and equally concern about environment preservation and pollution control. The Proposed Unit will have a well organized Environmental Management Cell (EMC) which performs all the environmental management activities. The will have Environment, Health & Safety Policy. The EHS Policy prescribes to comply with statutory norm with regards to the Environment, Health & Safety, to prevent pollution by adopting cleaner production techniques, identification and management of operational hazards and risks and to ensure the safety of people. All employees at each cadre of the proposed unit will be educated about the EHS Policy of the company and policy pasted at various prominent places in the unit. The company will have EHS policy for standard operating procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms/conditions with regards to the Environment, Health & Safety and to take further corrective actions. Hierarchical system and administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring total environmental compliance are described in the subsequent topics with relevant headings.
TABLE 6.2: CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY S. No CONDITIONS COMPLIANCES Does the company have a well laid down Environmental policy approved by its board of Company will adopt A directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA Environmental policy. report Does the Environmental policy prescribes for standard operating process / procedures to Environmental policy and bring into focus any in standard operating procedures B fragment/deviation/violation of the will be implemented and Environmental or forest norms/conditions If so, displayed. it may be detailed in the EIA report.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 126
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
What is the hierarchical system or administrative order of the company to deal Detail of this system is given in C with the environmental issues and for ensuring Figure-6.1 compliances with the EC conditions. Details of this system may be given Does the company have a system of reporting of non compliance / violations of environmental Non compliance reports will norms to the board of directors of the company D communicated to all directors in a and / or shareholders or stake holders at systematic manner large? This reporting mechanism should be detailed in the EIA report.
6.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL All the project activities are monitored to ensure the appropriate implementation of all environmental mitigation activities and to identify areas where environmental management plan compliance is not satisfied. For effective implementation of the monitoring program, it is also necessary to have a permanent organizational set-up. Unit will set-up permanent environmental management cell (EMC) for the effective implementation and monitoring of environmental management system. The unit will assign responsibility to officer from various disciplines and cadres to perform and co- ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of environmental control measures. The environmental management cell (EMC) propose to set-up by unit is given here below in Figure 6.1
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 127
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE 6.1: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL
Director
General Manger
Officer - EHS
Supervisors & Operators
General Manager of the unit will be responsible for total environmental management. Overall activities performed by EMC are presented below and details of responsibilities to be given to each officer of the EMC are given in Table 6.3. Collect information from regular monitoring and create database. Analyze the data and decide thrust area. Carry out “project” in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to environmental problems. Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information. Work out action plan for implementation of the recommendations made in the report. Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for environment management program. To deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the conditions prescribed by SPCB. Non compliance / violation of environmental norms, if any are reported to Managing Partner and immediate required action is taken. Efficient operation and regular monitoring of environmental management systems
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 128
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Prepare budget for Environmental Monitoring Program
TABLE 6.3: RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMC S. No Name & Designation Responsibilities Approve environment policy and give directions to 1 Director succeeding component of the cell Responsible for overall environmental management. Regularly coordinate with Officer-EHS and take feedback regarding all the activities performed under EMC, keep aware 2 General Manager the Director of the unit about all the activities performed under EMC, any major issue/accidents / incident take place, any noncompliance / violation of environmental norms. Establish EHS Policy, Development of EHS SOP, EHS Plan, Manual, Evolutes EHS program & training, Legal complacencies of SPCB & other Authorities. Execute and follow-up for routine monitoring, cleaning and maintenance work of environmental Management systems. Property Loss Prevention activities, Work permit, Plant equipment changes, Mock drill activity, Safety Inspection & audit work, EHS 3 Officer-EHS Incidents/Accident investigation, Employee observations/near misses along with corrective action, Develop safety Committee & take quarterly its meeting Review & compliance report. Reporting the general manager about all the activities performed under EMC, any major issue/accidents/incident take place, any noncompliance/ violation of environmental norms Supervisors To coordinate with production department, Utility, 4 & Engineering department to run operations smoothly and Operator to maintain minimum required chemicals.
6.6 ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS & DOCUMENTATION 6.6.1. Data Analysis All environmental monitoring data will be stored as computer database by the Environmental Management Cell (EMC) for proper storage, retrieval and interpretation of the same. A regular database format will be maintained to keep a track of monitored parameters and causes are identified in case of non-conformity with the permissible limits.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 129
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
6.6.2. Reporting Schedules Voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to EMP is undertaken. General Manager and Officer-EHS co-ordinate all monitoring programs at site and data generated are submitted regularly to the statutory agencies. Frequency of reporting is as per the requirement of SPCB and MoEF&CC. This reporting schedule will remain same after proposed project.
6.6.3. Environmental Monitoring Expenditure The monitoring and evaluation process requires extensive surveys and primary data collection, either to establish the baseline or to measure changes. In order to respond management needs for carrying out environmental monitoring, a contingency budget is required. Cost towards environmental monitoring of the proposed project is about Rs. 2,00,000
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 130
CHAPTER -VII
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
CHAPTER – VII Additional Studies
[Risk Assessment, & Disaster Management]
Ratankamal Industries is proposed to establish Poly Vinyl Acetate emulsion and Synthetic wood adhesive manufacturing unit with all required utilities at Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part -II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahmedabad District, Gujarat. It is covered under Category- A of the EIA Notification – 2006. Public Consultation is required for this project, as it is located outside the notified industrial area.
7.1 ADDITIONAL STUDIES In order to support the environment impact assessment and environment management plan, following additional studies have been included in this report. Risk Assessment Disaster management plan Occupational Health
7.1.1 SCOPE OF THIS STUDY The QRA (Quantitative Risk Assessment) study in this report has been conducted considering the Terms of References (TORs) given by Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change for Environment Clearance (EC). The study has been carried out with a view to comply all TOR points
7.1.2 METHODOLOGY: The following parameters are considered to prepare Risk Assessment. 1. Design data, built in safety systems were studied. Discussions were held with officials on individual safety systems. 2. Hazard Identification exercise was conducted taking into consideration the materials, operating parameters and proposed safety measures. 3. Containment failure scenarios related to flammable chemicals and reactions involved in proposed products manufacturing have been considered for Risk Assessment and consequences in detail. Thus, this study is mainly oriented towards acute risks rather than chronic risks.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 131
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
4. Discussed on proposed Raw materials Hazards and their Risks in handling.
7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT Ratankamal Industries will handle various chemicals, some of which are hazardous in nature by virtue of their intrinsic chemical properties or their operating temperatures or pressures or a combination of them. Fire, explosion, toxic release or combinations of them are the hazards associated with industrial plants using hazardous chemicals. More comprehensive, systematic and sophisticated methods of Safety Engineering such as Hazard Identification, Quantitative Risk Assessment have been considered to improve upon the integrity, reliability and safety of the plants, the same has been discussed in detail under their respective headings.
7.2.1 OBJECTIVES OF RISK ASSESSMENT Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc., much of this information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum credible accident studies. The risk assessment process is primarily based on likelihood of occurrence of the risks identified and their possible hazard consequences particularly being evaluated through hypothetical accident scenarios. With respect to the proposed project, major risks are leaks from storage tanks, rupture of Pipelines, Spillages from containers during transfer operations and Storage in the Ware house have been assessed. Risk associated with the flammable storages have been determined semi-quantitatively as the product of likelihood/probability and severity/consequence by using order of magnitude data (risk ranking = severity/consequence factor X likelihood/probability factor). Significance of such project related risks have been established through their classification as high, medium, low, very low depending upon risk ranking. It provides basis for: The type and nature of its on-site and off-site emergency plan and, The types of safety measures required.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 132
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
7.2.2 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS Hazard identification is carried out to ascertain the controls required and available in order to mitigate the risk of exposure to the hazards. This would substantially help in overcoming costly errors and prolonged delays that may be caused due to the design changes that may be required on a later date. Hazard assessment is carried out at the equipment design stage and the control / mitigation measures will be put in place to overcome them to avoid costly errors at a later stage. Hazard assessment in the plant is carried out examining the, Liquid and solid chemicals storage in the ware house, production operations, Storage of Flammable liquid chemicals in bulk Vinyl acetate Monomer, Dibutyl Phthalate and solid chemical poly vinyl alcohol locations to find out the adequate facilities in place to overcome the Risks of exposure to the Hazards. After a critical analysis of the chemicals used, stored, defined safe operating procedures and the different manufacturing processes, the following table lists the safety measures / installations in place and mitigation measures to overcome the hazards.
Following are the Hazards identified in proposed plant activities:
Solvents Hazards: Fire & Explosion: Heat produces vapors and can cause violent rupture of containers. Vapors may travel long distances and can flash back. Can undergo auto-oxidation in air & generate heat which can build up in a confined space to cause spontaneous combustion which in turn release of hazardous decomposition products Carbon dioxide, carbon mono oxide. Inhalation can cause dizziness, headache and nausea, depresses central nervous system and has anesthetic effects. Breathing of liquid droplets may let to chemical pneumonia. In case of excessive inhalation of vapors move the victim to fresh air, obtain medical assistance. Fire Hazards due to Flammable chemicals leakage from storage tanks, pipe line ruptures during transfer of material which may get ignited due to any spark.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 133
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Fire Hazard due to improper earthing of storage tanks and material transfer lines . The fire hazard could be controlled by implementing the following: 1. Engineering control at the source 2. Environmental controls that remove the hazard from the environment 3. Providing suitable personal protective and handling equipment 4. Defined material storage & handling practices 5. Employing experienced trained personnel
.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 134
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE: 7.1.AREA WISE IDENTIFIED HAZARDS, PRECAUTIONS TAKEN WITH MITIGATION MEASURES.
Severity &
No. Of Identified Precautions Taken Mitigation Measures S.No Area Persons Hazard Exposed 1. Approved layout as per legal requirements. 1. Area will be cordoned off.
2. Information will be passed to 2. Flame proof electrical fittings will be Emergency control center is installed informed.
3. Chemicals will be stored in safe 3. Information will be given to the Containers with secondary containment to declarer of emergency on the scale prevent spillages. of Leakage.
1] RM Spillage of Low to 4. Storage quantity is limited 4. Emergency Response teams will Storage chemicals medium be kept on alert for swift response. area 2 persons 5. Storage area will be well ventilated by a
forced air ventilation system. 5. All hot works being carried out in
the surrounding areas will be 6. Material will be accessed only by stopped authorized personnel using mechanized
systems 6. Personnel working in the area will
be evacuated. 7. Double door entry to ensure a clean
atmosphere.
8. Showers will be provided for decontamination.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 135
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Severity &
Identified No. Of Precautions Taken Mitigation Measures S.No Area Hazard Persons
Exposed
9. Personnel will be provided with full body 7. Spilled powders will be collected protection suits and nose masks to using vacuum cleaners. Prevent exposure to chemicals. 8. The spillage will be cleared and 10.Fire hydrant system with hydrant points the area is made fit work. with hose reels and nozzles will be installed to mitigate fire hazards 9. In case of liquid chemical spillage, the container will be shifted from 11.Fire extinguishers will be deployed ware house to the outside for adequately arresting the leakage and transferring the contents to another vessel 12. Periodical occupational health checks depends on situation. The area where leakage is occurred will be done to personnel working in the will be neutralized if necessary and area to assess health effects, if any. Liquid cleaned The warehouse will have good chemicals such as Vinyl acetate monomer, ventilation so as to minimize the Dibutyl phthalate will be stored in dedicated concentration of respective chemical in the working area. area. Solid chemicals such as Sodiumcarbonate, potassium persulfate, polyvinyl alcohol will be stored in dedicated area. Solid and liquid chemicals will not be stored in the same area.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 136
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Severity &
Identified No. Of Precautions Taken Mitigation Measures S.No Area Hazard Persons
Exposed 1. Storage facility will be provided in 1. Area will be cordoned off. isolated area to have natural ventilation 2. No Hot work will be carried out in
the vicinity to prevent accidental 2. Flameproof electrical fittings to be spread of fire. allowed in storage area to prevent any fire
hazard. 3. Personnel working in the area will
be evacuated 3. No electrical gadgets or items capable of
generating static electric charges will be 4. Emergency control center will be Vinyl permitted in the area. informed 2] acetate Fire, Medium to
&Dibutyl Flammable High 4. Personnel will be trained about Do‟s & 5. Information will be given to the phthalate area two Don‟ts during emergency. declarer of emergency on the scale Storage of Fire, Leakage & Explosion. area 5. No heat sources will be permitted near
the Facility. 6. Emergency Response teams will
be kept on alert for swift response. 6. Hot work will be controlled through a
work permit system 7. The spillage will be cleared and
the area is made fit work 7.For all storage tanks double earthing will
be arranged
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 137
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Severity & Identified No. Of S.No Area Precautions Taken Mitigation Measures Hazard Persons Exposed 8. Adequate size Dyke wall will be provided 8. In case leakage is found, the to for containment in case of leakage of contents will be transferred to a spare chemical tank or in to HDPE drums.
9. Storage quantity and material will be handled by trained and authorized personnel.
10. Mechanical foam type fire & DCP fire extinguishers will be provided at all solvent storage tanks
11. Fire hydrant system with hose reels will be Provided in the solvents storage area.
12. Flame arrestor will be provided for storage tank.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 138
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
SEVERITY S.NO AREA IDENTIFIE & NO. OF PRECAUTIONS TAKEN MITIGATION MEASURES D HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED 1.Flame proof electrical fittings will be 1. Area will be cordoned off. installed 2. Power supply will be cut off to the
area to prevent accidental fire. 2. Freight lift will be installed for movement
of material 3. All hot work carried out in the
vicinity will be stopped. 3. Material will be stored at production
blocks in safe containers for batch charging 4. Emergency control center will be with secondary containment to prevent informed. Spillages.
5. Information will be given to the 3] Production Spillages / Low to 4. Earthing and bonding will be carried out declarer of emergency on the scale Block Fire medium for all reactor vessels and pipelines of Leakage / Accident 6 persons
6. Emergency Response teams will 5. Work permit system will be implemented be Kept on alert for swift response. for hazard assessment in case of any hot
work / work at elevated places. 7. Personnel working in the area will
be Evacuated. 6. Manufacturing area will be ventilated by
a Forced air ventilation system to prevent 8 Fire hydrant system will be put in formation of flammable mixture. use.
7. Fire hydrant system with hydrant points 9. If situation beyond control with hose reels and nozzles will be information will be given to Govt., fire installed to mitigate fire hazards department for their assistance.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 139
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
8. Fire extinguishers will be deployed adequately
9. Emergency exit door will be provided to each floor for safe escape in case of emergency
10. Eye wash fountain / Body shower Will be provided for decontamination at each floor
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 140
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
SEVERITY AREA IDENTIFIE & NO. OF PRECAUTIONS TAKEN MITIGATION MEASURES D HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED
1. All requirements specified under Boiler Act and Boiler will be licensed is adhered 1. Shutting down the plant, declaring to. the emergency.
2. All electrical fittings will be of flame proof 2. Electrical supply will be isolated. type. 3. Type of emergency will be 4] Boiler Fire / Low to 3. Entry will be restricted only to trained informed to the emergency declarer/ House Explosion medium and Authorized personnel to work in the central authority. 2-persons area. 4. Emergency response teams will be 4. Fire extinguishers will be positioned at kept on alert for swift action. different locations in case of any Emergencies. 5 Movement of personnel and vehicles will be prohibited. 5. No material storage will be permitted in the Area. 6. Fire hydrant system will be put in use 6. Auto level controller for Water and high temperature alarms will be provided.
7. Water hardness will be checked on shift wise.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 141
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
SEVERITY S.NO AREA IDENTIFIE & NO. OF PRECAUTIONS TAKEN MITIGATION MEASURES D HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED 8. Area will be well ventilated and illuminated for safe working.
9. 24 x 7 manning of the area is done for monitoring of operation.
10. All maintenance /repair works will be carried out after issuing work permits and under constant supervision of experts.
11. Periodical cleaning of soot in furnace to prevent formation of explosive mixtures.
12. Checking of boiler internals to prevent Accidents as per given schedule.
13. Signage‟s will be displayed to inform personnel about the hazards present in the area
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 142
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
SEVERITY S.NO AREA IDENTIFIE & NO. OF PRECAUTIONS TAKEN MITIGATION MEASURES D HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED
5] Diesel Noise & Low 1. Noise abatement thru‟ modular acoustic 1. Information will be given to Generator Fire One paneling of D.G set Emergency control center. person 2. Secondary containment is done to 2. Power supply will be cut off to the prevent Diesel leakage from day tanks. storage area to prevent accidental fire. 3. One Co2 fire extinguishers will be kept to handle emergency 3. All hot work around the area will be stopped and the area will be 4. Entry access to the area will be only for cordoned off Authorized personnel. 4. The concerned maintenance personnel will be carried repairs to mitigate the leakages.
5. Emergency Response Team will be kept on alert for swift response.
6. Periodical occupational health checks will be done to personnel working in the area to assess exposure to noise.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 143
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
SEVERITY S.NO AREA IDENTIFIE & NO. OF PRECAUTIONS TAKEN MITIGATION MEASURES D HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED
1. Layout confirm to legal requirements 1. Information will be given to Will be specified under Indian Electrical Emergency control center. Rules. 2. Power supply will be cut off from 2. Entry will be restricted to licensed and incoming source. authorized personnel only. 3. Electricity supply company will be 3. Earthing will be provided for leakage of alerted for cut off power supply in stray currents. case of major risks 6] Electrical Electric 2 sub shock / fire 4. Electronic mimic panels will be installed 4. All hot work around the area will be stations for fault indication at the entry of the sub- Stopped and the area is cordoned station. off.
5. Insulating rubber mats confirming to IS 5. The concerned maintenance 15652:2006 will be provided in front of all personnel will be carried repairs to electrical switchgear. restore normalcy.
6. Periodical inspection and maintenance 6. Emergency Response Team will Will be carried out to ensure good health be kept on alert for swift response of the equipment.
7. CO2 / DCP fire extinguishers will be deployed to handle emergency fires
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 144
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
SEVERITY S.NO AREA IDENTIFIE & NO. OF PRECAUTIONS TAKEN MITIGATION MEASURES D HAZARD PERSONS EXPOSED
1. Storage shed will be at an isolated 1. Information will be given to location. Emergency control center.
2. Conditions specified in hazardous waste 2. Power supply will be cut off from authorization issued by SPCB will be incoming source. implemented. 3. All hot work around the area will be 3. Compatible wastes will be stored in stopped and the area is cordoned off. separate enclosures Hazardous Low to 4. The concerned maintenance waste medium 4. Layout provides adequate ventilation personnel will be carried repairs to 7] storage Fire/Leakag 2- Persons and illumination restore normalcy room e 5. Secondary containment provided to 5. Fire hydrant system will be put in prevent leakages / spillages use
6. Storage quantity will be limited.
7. Periodical disposal of accumulated waste will be sent to authorized landfills.
8. Flame proof electrical fittings will be installed to prevent fire / explosion hazards
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 145
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
SEVERITY
IDENTIFIE & NO. OF PRECAUTIONS TAKEN MITIGATION MEASURES S.NO AREA D HAZARD PERSONS
EXPOSED
9. Eye wash / body shower will be provided for decontamination in case of spillage on 6. Emergency Response Team will body parts. be kept on alert for swift response.
10. PPE box will be equipped with gum 7. Support of external agencies will boots, splash proof safety goggles, aprons be sought in case situation poses for use during handling of chemicals. major risks and is not controllable by in-house infrastructure 11. Access to the area will be restricted to authorize personnel only.
12. Fire hydrant point with hose reels will be provided for fire mitigation
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 146
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Table No.7.2 DETAILS OF CHEMICALS STORAGE AND NATURE OF HAZARDS. MAX. NATURE OF NFPA S.No NAME OF CHEMICAL MODE OF STORAGE INVENTORY HAZARD RATING IN TONS 1 Vinyl acetate monomer SS Tank 10 Flammable H : 2 F: 3 R : 2 2 Dibutyl Phthalate HDPE Barrels 10 Flammable H : 0 F: 1 R : 0
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 147
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
7.3. SAFE PRACTICES [HANDLING, STORAGE, TRANSPORTATION AND UNLOADING OF CHEMICALS]
7.3.1 DRUMS Liquid Raw materials will be transferred from the drums to the day tank situated at the production block with the help of leak proof drum pumps / pumps /Vacuum through pipe lines from day tank to reaction vessel unloading by gravity.
7.3.2 MEASURES TO AVOID EVAPORATION All liquid chemicals stored in containers will be tightly closed. Will Keep away from heat, sparks, and flame Will Keep away from sources of ignition
7.3.3 SAFETY SYSTEMS Designated areas with proper indication & safety sings Double earthling systems for all vinyl acetate monomer storage tank & process reactors Flame arrestor to the vent of vinyl acetate monomer storage tanks Flame proof transferring pumps for all flammable chemicals Handling precautions/sop protocol Pressure Gauges and temperature gauges on each reactor Level indicators on vinyl acetate monomer Flame proof lighting to vinyl acetate monomer storage yard Safety valve & Rupture disc on each process reactor. Well ventilated warehouse with suitable fire extinguishers will be used for storage of liquid flammable chemicals.
7.3.4 TRANSPORTATION / UNLOADING Highly inflammable chemicals will be transported by road. Therefore, adequate safety precautions for transportation will be followed. During transportation of hazardous chemicals, MSDS & TREM card will be provided to driver. As per Motor Vehicle Rules, PESO rules and Factory Rules all safety precautions will be followed during transportation of hazardous chemicals. The following safety precautions are suggested during transportation of toxic, inflammable and corrosive chemicals in tankers, while loading and unloading,
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 148
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries transportation and meeting the emergencies arising out of leakages and spillages of hazardous materials: Park the vehicle at designated place. Stop the engine. Check-up spark arrester. Provide earthing to tanker securely. Ensure that fireman is available near the place with proper equipment„s. Connect the piping properly Before start unloading, check that, there should not be any leakage. In case of leakage, immediately attend the leakages & rectify it. After unloading is over, close the lid properly. Vehicle to be started only after removal of all pipelines connected with tanker.
7.4. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS The name of the chemical along with pictorial sign denoting the dangerous goods should be marked on the vehicle and the packing material. The name of the transporter, his address and telephone number should be clearly written on the road tanker and on the vehicle. The tanker or vehicle should not be used to transport any material other than what is written on it. Only trained drivers and cleaners should transport hazardous chemicals. The transporter and the manufacturer must ensure the safe transportation of the material. The Tanker / Vehicle should be checked for its fitness and safe condition before loading. During loading and unloading, the tanker/vehicle should be braked and isolated against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety appliances. The tanker / vehicle should not be overloaded beyond the weight permitted by Transport authorities.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 149
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Check for leakages from the line connections / containers before starting and Stopping the filling operations. Drive the vehicles carefully, especially in crowded localities and on Bumpy roads. Do not apply sudden break. The tanker / vehicle should not be parked for long time on the way and especially in crowded places. Park the vehicle away from residential areas
7.5. SPILL CONTROL For all chemicals spill control procedures will be displayed. Spillage shall be controlled as per concerned spill control procedure. Like any spilled materials to contain, absorb spilled liquid by dry absorbent clay or vermiculite. Collect most of the contaminated absorbent with shovel for further disposal/incineration. If material spills directly on the ground, dig up and remove saturated soil for disposal/incineration.
7.6. EFFECT AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hard due to storage, handling of Vinyl acetate Monomer and Di butyl phthalate. If these chemicals are released into the atmosphere, they may cause damage due to resulting fires or vapor clouds and dispersion into atmosphere causing severe health problems to plant personnel and surrounding areas of the plant.
7.6.1 OPERATING PARAMETERS Potential vapor release for the material depends significantly on the operating conditions especially for any liquefied gas, operating conditions are very critical to assess the damage potential.
7.6.2 INVENTORY Inventory analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards and short listing of release scenarios. Inventory plays an important role in regard to the potential hazard.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 150
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Larger the inventory of a vessel or a system, larger the quantity of potential release. The potential vapor release [source strength] depends upon the quantity of liquid release, the properties of the materials and the operating conditions [pressure, temperature]. If all these influencing parameters are combined into a matrix and vapor source strength estimated for each release case, a ranking should become a credible exercise.
7.6.3 LOSS OF CONTAINMENT Plant inventory can get discharged to environment due to Loss of Containment. Certain features of materials to be handled at the plant need to the clearly understood to firstly list out all significant release cases and then to short list release scenarios for a detailed examination. Liquid release can be either instantaneous or continuous. Failure of a vessel leading to an instantaneous outflow assumes the sudden appearance of such a major crack that practically all of the contents above the crack shall be released in a very short time. The more likely event is the case of liquid release from a hole in a pipe connected the vessel. The flow rate will depend on the size of the hole as well as on the pressure, which was present, in front of the hole, prior to the accident. Such pressure is basically dependent on the pressure in the vessel. The vaporization of released liquid depends on the vapor pressure and weather conditions. In the study the largest potential hazard inventories have been considered for its consequence Risk estimation how vulnerable the organization is to a specific incident consequence.
7.7 MAJOR HAZARDS Hazards from Flammable Liquid Vinyl acetate monomer Storage. There are a number of hazards that are present at the proposed project site that may result in injury to people or a fatality in more serious cases. This study is only concerned with „major hazards‟, which are as follows:
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 151
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Jet fires; Hydrocarbon fires associated with tank failures; Pool fires, Vapor cloud explosion; Each of these hazards has been described below.
7.7.1 JET FIRE Jet fires result from ignited releases of pressurized flammable gas or Superheated/pressurized liquid. The momentum of the release carries the material forward in a long plume entraining air to give a flammable mixture. Jet fires only occur where any other flammable gas is being handled under pressure or when handled in gas phase and the release are unobstructed.
7.7.2 POOL FIRES If a liquid release has time to form a pool and is then ignited before the pool evaporates or drains away, then a pool fire results. Because they are less well aerated, pool fires tend to have lower flame temperatures and produce lower levels of thermal radiation than some other types of fire (such as jet fires); however, this means that they will produce more smoke. Although a pool fire can still lead to structural failure of items within the flame, this will take several times longer than in a jet fire. A burning liquid pool can spread along a horizontal surface or run down a vertical surface to give a running fire. Due to the presence of kerbs, slopes, drains and other obstacles; pool fire areas and directions can be unpredictable.
7.7.3 VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION The facility plans to store highly flammable Chemical of Vinyl acetate Monomer etc. for a maximum credible loss scenario the release of such chemicals is likely to form a vapor cloud. If the cloud encounters an ignition source, the parts of the cloud where the concentration is within the flammable range will burn and may in some situations, also create an explosive force (blast wave). The effects of an explosion, defined by blast overpressure, can be significant. In most VCEs the expanding flame front travels more slowly than the pressure Wave; this type of explosion is called a deflagration and the maximum
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 152
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Overpressure is determined by the expansion ratio of the burning gases.
Vinyl acetate Monomer Flammable liquid chemical having flash point of 0.70 C. Boiling point-: 72.20 c Hazardous in case of ingestion and inhalation
Poly Vinyl alcohol It is amorphous powder having white in color, odorless. Mild eye irritant and respiratory tract irritant. If unconfined, ignition of the powder will give rise to a class A fire. The powder forms an explosive mixture in air. It is very stable polymer. Above 2000 C it starts to decompose and leads to evolution of acetaldehyde, crotonaldehyde and acetone.
7.8 DAMAGE CRITERIA In consequence analysis, use is made of a number of calculation models to estimate the physical effects of an accident [spill of hazardous material] and to predict the damage [lethality, injury, material destruction] of the effects. The calculations can roughly be divided in three major groups. Determination of the source strength parameters; Determination of the consequential effects; Determination of the damage or damage distances.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 153
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Table No. 7.3 Severity Categories and Criteria Criteria Definition Consequence Ranking Multiple fatalities/permanent total disability to Catastrophic 5 more than 50 persons. Single fatality/permanent total disability to one or Major 4 more persons Short term hospitalization & rehabilitation leading Moderate 3 to recovery Minor 2 Medical treatment injuries Insignificant 1 First Aid treatment
7.9 RISK EVALUATION Based on ranking of likelihood and frequencies, each identified hazard has been evaluated based on the likelihood of occurrence and the magnitude of consequences. The significance of the risk is expressed as the product of likelihood and the consequence of the risk event, expressed as follows:
Significance = Likelihood X Consequence The below table illustrates all possible product results for the five likelihood and consequence categories while the next table assigns risk significance criteria in three regions that identify the limit of risk acceptability. Depending on the position of the intersection of a column with a row in the risk matrix, hazard prone activities have been classified as low, medium and high thereby qualifying for a set of risk reduction / mitigation strategies.
Table No.7.4 Risk Matrix Likelihood Consequence Frequent Probable Unlikely Remote Improbable 5 4 3 2 1 Catastrophic 5 25 20 15 10 5 Major 4 20 16 12 8 4 Moderate 3 15 12 9 6 3 Minor 2 10 8 6 4 2 Insignificant 1 5 4 3 2 1
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 154
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Table No.7.5 Risk Criteria and action Requirements S.No. Risk Significance Criteria Definition & Action Requirements “Risk requires attention” – Project Management need to ensure that necessary mitigation are 1 High (16-25) adopted to ensure that possible risk remains within acceptable limits. “Risk is tolerable” – Project Management to adopt necessary measures to prevent any 2 Medium (10-15) change/modification of existing risk controls and ensure implementation of all practicable controls. “Risk is acceptable” – Project related risks are managed by well established controls and routine 3 Low (5-9) processes/procedures. Implementation of additional controls can be considered. “Risk is acceptable”- All risks are managed by well established controls and routine 4 Very Low (1-4) processes/procedures. Additional risk controls need not to be considered.
The basic physical effect models consist of the following.
7.9.1 SOURCE STRENGTH PARAMETERS Calculation of the outflow of liquid, vapor or gas out of a vessel or a pipe, in case of rupture. Also two-phase outflow can be calculated. Calculation, in case of liquid outflow, of the instantaneous flash evaporation and of the dimensions of the remaining liquid pool. Calculation of the evaporation rate, as a function of volatility of the material, pool dimensions and wind velocity. Source strength equals pump capacities, etc. is some cases.
7.9.2 CONSEQUENTIAL EFFECTS Dispersion of gaseous material in the atmosphere as a function of source strength, relative density of the gas, weather conditions and topographical situation of the surrounding area. Intensity of heat radiation [in KW / m2] due to a pool fire, as a function of the distance to the source. Energy of vapor cloud explosions [in KW / m2], as a function of the distance to the distance of the exploding cloud.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 155
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere, due to the dispersion of evaporated chemical. The latter can be either explosive or toxic.
It may be obvious, that the types of models that must be used in a specific risk study strongly depend upon the type of material involved: Gas, vapor, liquid, solid Inflammable, explosive, toxic, toxic combustion products Stored at high/low temperatures or pressure
7.9.3 SELECTION OF DAMAGE CRITERIA The damage criteria give the relation between extent of the physical effects (exposure) and the percentage of the people that will be killed or injured due to those effects The knowledge about these relations depends strongly on the exposure. For instance, much more is known about the damage caused by heat radiation, than about the damage due to toxic exposure, and for these toxic effects, the knowledge differs strongly between different materials. In consequence analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous effects are distinguished: Heat radiation from a jet, pool fire. Explosion Toxic effect from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.
7.10 HEAT RADIATION The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of: The radiation energy onto the human body [KW / M2] The exposure duration [sec] The protection of the skin tissue [clothed or naked body] The limits for 1% of the exposed people to be killed due to heat radiation, and for second-degree burns are given in below:
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 156
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Table No 7.6 DAMAGES TO HUMAN LIFE DUE TO HEAT RADIATION Thermal Radiation Type of Damage Intensity (kW/m2) 1.6 No harm for long exposures. 4 to 5 Pain for 20 seconds exposure; first degree burn 9.5 Second degree burn after 20 Seconds 12.5 to 15 First degree burn after 10 second; 1% lethality in 1 minute. 25 Significant injury in 10 seconds; 100 % lethality in 1 minute. 35 to 37.5 1 % lethality in 10 seconds.
Since in practical situations, only the own employees will be exposed to heat radiation in case of a fire, it is reasonable to assume the protection by clothing. It can be assumed that people would be able to find a cover or a shield against thermal radiation in 10 sec. time. Furthermore, 100% lethality may be assumed for all people suffering from direct contact with flames, such as the pool fire, a flash fire or a jet flame. The effects due to relatively lesser incident radiation intensity are given in below Table No.7.7 EFFECTS DUE TO INCIDENT RADIATION INTENSITY INCIDENT RADIATION TYPE OF DAMAGE KW/M2 0.7 Equivalent to solar radiation 1.6 No discomfort for long exposure Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec. 4.0 blistering of skin (first degree burns are likely) Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. second 9.5 degree burns after 20 sec. Minimum energy required for piloted ignition 12.5 of wood, melting plastic tubing etc.
7.11 EXPLOSION In case of vapor cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur: A flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud; A blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source. As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within the cloud proper. For the blast wave, the lethality criterion is based on:
A peak over pressure of 0.1 bars will cause serious damage to 10% of the housing/structures. Falling fragments will kill one of each eight persons in the destroyed buildings.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 157
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak overpressures resulting from a blast wave:
Table No.7.8 DAMAGE DUE TO HUMANS, STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT FROM OVERPRESSURE EVENTS.
Over pressure (Bar) Description of Damage Direct effects on people 0.138 bar Threshold for eardrum rupture 0.689 to 1.034 bar 90 % Probability of eardrum rupture. 0.827 to 1.034 bar Threshold for Lung Hemorrhage. 2.068 to 2.413 bar 90 % Probability of fatality from Lung Hemorrhage. 4.826 to 13.79 bar Immediate blast fatalities. Effects on Structures and Equipment 0.15 to 0.2 bar Collapse of unreinforced concrete or cinderblock walls 0.2 to 0.3 bar Collapse of Industrial steel frame structure. 0.35 to 0.40 bar Displacement of Pipe bridge, breakage of piping. Total destruction of buildings, heavy machinery 0.7 bar damaged. Displacement of Cylindrical Storage tank, failure of 0.5 to 1 bar pipes.
7.12 INCIDENTS IMPACT The identified failure scenarios in plant have been analyzed for the impact zones considering damage due to thermal, explosive and toxic impacts. Each incident will have Impact on the surrounding environment which in extreme case may cross plant boundary.
7.13. MAXIMUM CREDIBLE LOSS ACCIDENT SCENARIOS A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterized as the worst credible accident. In other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum consequence distance that is still believed to be possible. A MCA-analysis does not include a quantification of the probability of occurrence of the accident. Another aspect, in which the pessimistic approach of MCA studies appears, is the atmospheric condition that is used for dispersion calculations. The Maximum Credible Loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the Facility. The MCL
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 158
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries cases considered, attempt to include the worst “Credible” incidents-what constitutes a credible incident is always subjective. The objective of the study is Emergency planning, hence only holistic & conservative assumptions are used for obvious reasons. Hence, though the outcomes may look pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst interpreting the results. In Consequence analysis, geographical location of the source of potential release plays an important role. Consideration of a large number of scenarios in the same geographical location serves little purpose if the dominant scenario has been identified and duly considered. The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios. The details of software used for MCA analysis are described below. A computer based version ALOHA is used to calculate toxic and explosive effect of the accidental release of liquid chemicals within the plant area. ALOHA models key hazards-toxicity, flammability, thermal radiation (Heat), and over pressure (expansion blast force)-related to chemical releases that result in toxic gas dispersion, fire and/or explosion
7.14. RISK ANALYSIS Risk Analysis – Vinyl acetate monomer storage tank The main hazards associated with the storage and handlings of liquid flammable Chemical Vinyl acetate monomer with respect to the proposed Unit. Hazards associated with the storage and handlings of Flammable chemicals, are pool fire, jet fires and VCE‟s resulting from the ignition of released material. The hazards may be realized following tank overfilling and leaks/failures in the storage tank and ancillary equipment such as transfer pumps, metering equipment, etc. all of which can release significant quantities of flammable material or toxic material on failure.
7.14.1 RISK MODELING SCENARIOS In addition to overfill, the scenarios considered for liquid flammable Chemical storage tank leaks and catastrophic failures. Factors that have been identified as having an effect on the integrity of tank are related to design, inspection, maintenance, and corrosion.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 159
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
The liquid chemical Vinyl acetate monomer has been considered for the consequences analysis considering its hazardous nature, Storage conditions and threshold values.
RISK & VULNERABLE AREAS SCENARIO-1 VINYL ACETATE SITE DATA: Location: RATAN KAMAL INDUSTRIES, GUJARAT, INDIA
CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: VINYL ACETATE CAS Number: 108-5-4 Molecular Weight: 86.09 g/mol AEGL-1 (60 min): 6.7 ppm AEGL-2 (60 min): 36 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 180 ppm LEL: 26000 ppm UEL: 134000 ppm Ambient Boiling Point: 72.2° C ATMOSPHERIC DATA: Wind: 2 meters/second from SE at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country Air Temperature: 47° C Relative Humidity: 50% SOURCE STRENGTH: Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank Flammable chemical is burning as it escapes from tank Tank Diameter: 1.8 meters Tank Length: 4 meters Tank Volume: 10.2 cubic meters Tank contains Vinyl acetate liquid Internal Temperature: 35° C Chemical Mass in Tank: 9.23 tons Tank is 90% full Circular Opening Diameter: 3 inches Opening is 3 inches from tank bottom Total Amount Burned: 8213 kgs
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 160
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Note: The chemical escaped as a liquid and formed a burning puddle. The puddle spread to a diameter of 10.7 yards. THREAT ZONE: Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from pool fire Red : 14 yards --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec) Orange: 22 yards --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec) Yellow: 34 yards --- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)
In case the Leakage of Vinyl acetate from storage tank got ignited, the vulnerable areas, which are in radius of 12.6 meters within a minute, will get affected. The Thermal radiation from pool fire of Vinyl acetate having value of 10 kw/sqm is potentially lethal to the plant personnel towards south east side of the plant within the radius of 12.6 meters. The vulnerable areas which are in radius of 19.8 meters towards south east side of the plant is potential for second degree burns to plant personnel having thermal radiation of 5 kw/sqm within a minute. The leakage and fire of Vinyl acetate in the plant and its consequence considered as Major and its likelihood is unlikely Significance = Likelihood X Consequence
=3*4 =12
As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements
The risk significance is Medium. “Risk is tolerable” –
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 161
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Mitigation measure: The Management has to adopt necessary measures in handling of Vinyl acetate. It is flammable liquid in presence of open flames and spark. Storage tank should be checked at regular intervals for any corrosion, weak joints and tank bottom isolation valve for its operating condition and earthing of the tank. Check regularly earth pit resistance. At any point of time do not place any ignition source near by the tank. In case of fire use fire hydrant system and fire extinguisher -alcohol foam to extinguish the fire in order to minimize the risk level and avoid fire spread to other areas of the plant. Inform plant head for emergency preparedness. Put water curtain on adjacent tanks to avoid heat radiation to contents of the tank.
SCENARIO-2 VINYL ACETATE CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: VINYL ACETATE CAS Number: 108-5-4 Molecular Weight: 86.09 g/mol AEGL-1 (60 min): 6.7 ppm AEGL-2 (60 min): 36 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 180 ppm LEL: 26000 ppm UEL: 134000 ppm Ambient Boiling Point: 72.2° c ATMOSPHERIC DATA: Wind: 2 meters/second from SE at 3 meters Air Temperature: 47° C Relative Humidity: 50% SOURCE STRENGTH:
Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank
Flammable chemical escaping from tank (not burning)
Tank Diameter: 1.8 meters
Tank Length: 4 meters
Tank Volume: 10.2 cubic meters
Tank contains Vinyl acetate liquid
Internal Temperature: 35° C
Chemical Mass in Tank: 9.23 tons
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 162
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Tank is 90% full
Circular Opening Diameter: 3 inches
Opening is 3 inches from tank bottom
Ground Temperature: 35° C
Total Amount Released: 7335 kgs
THREAT ZONE:
Model Run: Heavy Gas Red : 467 yards --- (180 ppm = AEGL-3 [60 min]) Orange: 1090 yards --- (36 ppm = AEGL-2 [60 min]) Yellow: 1.5 miles --- (6.7 ppm = AEGL-1 [60 min])
The release of Vinyl acetate and its consequences are considered as Major and its likelihood is unlikely
Significance = Likelihood X Consequence
=3*3 =9
As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements The risk significance is low.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 163
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
“Risk is acceptable.” – Mitigation measure: The Management has to adopt necessary measures in handling of Vinyl acetate. Storage tank should be checked at regular intervals for any corrosion, weak joints and tank bottom isolation valve for its operating condition. In case of Leakage from any hole of formation toxic area of vapor cloud of 180ppm up to a distance of 420 mts in which people may experience life threatening health effects within one hour of release and toxic area of vapor cloud of 36 ppm up to a distance of 981 mts in which people may experience long lasting adverse health effects within one hour of release.
7.15. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH Hazardous and toxic substances will be defined as those chemicals present in the work place which are capable of causing harm. For handling hazardous chemicals and to take care of employee‟s health, and predictive maintenance looking to the nature of hazardous chemicals being handled/processed. All the equipments in the plant areas shall be inspected / tested by an outside agency. The various safety equipments like breathing apparatus and critical instrumentation will be provided on various equipments are inspected and tested frequently to ensure their operability all the time. Besides, all the first aid, fire fighting devices will be inspected, tested and maintained by a competent third party and kept all the time in ready to use condition. Health of all the employees in plant area will be monitored by outside physician. If any abnormality is found necessary treatment is also being given time to time. Necessary history cards, records will be maintained which is up-dated time to time.
7.16 SAFE OPERATING PROCEDURES Safe operating procedures will be available for all materials, operations and equipment. The workers will be informed of consequences of failure to observe the safe operating procedures. Safe operating procedures will be formulated and updated, specific to process & equipment and distributed to concerned plant personnel.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 164
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Safety procedures will be prepared and displayed meticulously in Gujarati and English languages.
7.17FIRE PROTECTION Well-designed pressured hydrant system comprising with jockey pump, electrical & diesel pumps, hydrant, monitor etc will be installed at the plant. The fire fighting system and equipment will be tested and maintained as per relevant standards. Heat and smoke detectors will be provided at the plant and warehouse (solvent storage in drums) and calibrated and maintained properly.
7.18 STATIC ELECTRICITY All equipment and Storage tanks / Containers of flammable chemicals are will be bounded and earthed properly. Electrical pits will be maintained clean and covered. Electrical continuity for earthing circuits shall be maintained. Periodic inspections shall be done for earth pits and record will be maintained.
7.19 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM Communication facilities will be checked periodically for its proper functioning.
7.20 SAFETY INSPECTIONS The system will be initiated for checklist based routine safety inspection and internal audit of the plant. Safety inspection team will be formed from various disciplines and departments. 7.20.1 PREDICTIVE AND PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Predictive and preventive maintenance schedule will be followed in religious manner. 7.21 ELECTRICAL SAFETY Insulation pad at HT panels will be replaced at regular interval. Housekeeping in MCC room will be kept proper for safe working conditions. 7.22 COLOUR CODING SYSTEM Colour coding for piping and utility lines are will be followed in accordance with IS: 2379:1990.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 165
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
7.23 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN . ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN . OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN
7.23.1. ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN The details of Disaster management system are discussed in the following sections
7.23.2 DEFINING THE NATURE / LEVEL OF EMERGENCY The levels of emergency can be classified in three categories
LEVEL-1 The leakage or emergency which is confinable the plant, premises. It may be due to- Small fire in the plant Low toxic gas release for short duration. Collapsing of equipment that do not affect outside premises.
LEVEL-2 The emergency which is confinable within the factory premises. It may arise due to- Major fire inside the factory premises. Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises. Heavy toxic/flammable liquid leakage for short duration.
LEVEL-3 The emergency, which is not confinable within the factory premises and general public in the vicinity likely to be affected. It may arise due to- Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area Heavy/profuse leakage of toxic/flammable liquid for a long duration.
7.23.3. STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM The company will develop an emergency management team. The management structure includes the following personnel Site main Controllers Incident Controllers and Deputy Incident Controllers Key Personnel‟s Essential Workers
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 166
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
The other elements of Disaster management plan are Assembly points Emergency control center Fire control center Medical arrangements Other arrangements
7.23.4 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM – ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES Roles and responsibilities of the responsible persons are described.
7.23.4.1 SITE MAIN CONTROLLER [SMC] PLANT HEAD will be the site main controller. In absence of PLANT HEAD, EHS HEAD will act as a SMC His task will be to co-ordinate all internal and external activities from the emergency control centre at main security gate from where all operations will be directed. He shall: Immediately on being informed of the emergency and its location, will arrive at the scene and handle the situation. Relieve the incident controller from responsible of the main controller Co-ordinate to avail services from external agencies like fire brigade, hospitals etc. is called for, following the declaration of major emergency. If necessary, major installations in the vicinity may also be informed of the situation. Exercise direct operational control of the unaffected section of the plant. In consultation with the advisory team, expedite the shutting down of loading/unloading operations of tankers and if necessary, instruct the supervisor/security/personnel to evacuate tankers. Ensure that all employees are evacuated from the affected area and the casualties, if any, are given necessary medical attention. Instruct P&A Assistant/security for rushing casualties to hospitals if required. Liaise with fire and police officials, pollution control board officials and other statutory bodies and advise them of all possible consequence effects outside the premises. Arrange for relief of personnel when emergency is prolonged
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 167
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Issue authorized statement or press release to the news –media Ensure preservation of evidence for enquiries to be conducted by statutory authorities. Authorize the sounding of “All Clear” and “Evacuation Siren” Arrange for obtaining the head-count of all personnel within the premises and cross-checking with the data from records available for no. of persons within the premise.
7.23.4.2 INCIDENT CONTROLLER/ DEPUTY INCIDENT CONTROLLER Role of Incident Controller [Plant Manager/Shift in Charge].He is the shift supervisor of the plant. Assume the role of the incident controller and take charge of the situation. Keep the SMC informed of the situation from time to time. 1. Proceed to the scene of emergency and assess the situation 2. Direct all operation within the affected area with the following priorities Safety of personnel Minimize damage to property and loss of material Arrange for rescue of trapped workers and those in a state of shock Get all non-essential persons safely evacuated after stopping all the engineering/hot jobs. Set up a communication system with the main control center at the main security gate through telephone or messenger system. Pending arrival of the main controller, direct the shutting down and evacuation of the site Report all developments to the main controller Preserve all evidence for use in the subsequent enquiry. Intimate to the Emergency Control Center (Main Security Gate) the head count of plant.
7.23.4.3 KEY PERSONNELS Key Personnel are required to provide and to implement the decisions made by the SMC in the light of information received on the developing situation at the time of emergency. As necessary, they will decide the actions needed to shut down plants, evacuate personnel, carryout emergency engineering work, arrange for
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 168
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
supplies of equipment, utilities, carryout environment monitoring, provide catering facilities, liaise with police, fire brigade and other local authorities, relative of casualties, hospital, press & neighboring industries Action at assembly points, outside shelters and mutual aid center under the direction of the SMC. All the key personnel and other called in so to assist shall report to the ECC. They shall be available at any time on duty or on call or on oil duty or holiday.
7.23.4.4 ESSENTIAL WORKERS A task force of essential trained workers [Expert‟s team] is available to get the work done by the Incident controller and the SMC. Such work will include: Fire fighting and spill control till a FIRE BRIGADE takes the charge To help FIRE BRIGADE and MUTUAL AID teams, if it is so required Shutting down plant and making it safe Emergency engineering work e.g. isolating equipments, material process, providing temporary by pass lines, safe transfer of materials, urgent repairing or replacement, electrical work, etc Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments, equipments, materials, etc Movement of equipment, special vehicle and transport to or from the scene of the accident. Search, evacuation, rescue and welfare. The injured is given First Aid. Moving tankers or other vehicles from area of risk. Carrying out atmospheric test and pollution control. Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated personnel. Manning for outside shelters and welfare of evacuated persons there. Assistance at causalities reception areas to record details of causalities. Assistance at communication centers to handle outgoing and incoming calls and to act as messengers if necessary. Manning of works entrances in liaison with the police to direct emergency vehicles entering the work. To control traffic leaving the works and to turn
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 169
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
away or make alternative safe arrangements for visitors for visitors, contractors and other traffic arriving at the works. Informing surrounding factories and the public as directed by the Site Main Controller. Any special help required.
7.23.5 OTHER ELEMENTS OF DMP There are some other elements of DMP which are described as follows:
7.23.5.1 ASSEMBLY POINT Assembly points are those locations where the persons who are not connected with emergency operations can await either for further instructions or for rescue transport and rehabilitation. Security office will be considered assembly point, taking into consideration of the size of the plant facilities. In affected & vulnerable plants, all nonessential workers [who are not assigned any emergency duty] will be evacuated from the area & they shall report to specified Assembly point. Assembly Point is located at a safe place, well away from area of risk and least affected by the down wind direction. To ensure that workers do not have to approach the affected area to reach the Assembly point proper location and numbers have been marked at Assembly point. Each Assembly Point is manned by a nominated person to record the names and dept. At each Assembly point duties of Assembly point, In charge have been also displayed in brief. Before reaching an Assembly point or subsequently, if it is required to pass through an affected area or due to presence of toxic substances, suitable PPE‟s including respirators, helmet etc., are issued & made available with workers.
7.23.5.2 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER The emergency Control Center is the place or room from where the operations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. Main Control Room has been
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 170
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries earmarked / identified as the Emergency Control Room. Fire Control Room shall be earmarked / identified as the alternative Emergency Control Room to be operated in case of unfavorable wind direction. Adequate Telecommunication System is available in the Emergency Control Room. The ECC center has been equipped with the following facilities. 1. Internal and external telephone including STD facility 2. Telephone directory 3. Factory layout plan 4. Map of the area 5. Employee blood group and their address 6. Messengers / Runners for sending messages 7. Adequate numbers of PPE‟S 8. Telephone nos. of mutual aid centers
7.23.5.3 FIRE SERVICES Fire Fighting, Gas leak Control and Rescue operation
A] Role of Manager (Fire and Safety/shift in-charge [Fire and Safety]
Manager [EHS] shift in-charge [EHS] will be the only person to direct the fire fighting and emergency operation. Keep the constant touch with the chief emergency controller. Direct the crew members to the scene of emergency and arrange replenishment of man power/equipment/extinguishing media etc.
B] Fire and Safety officer. [EHS Officer] On being notified about the location of fire/gas leakage immediately proceed to the scene of incident with fire tender and crew. Position the fire tender in upwind direction. Decide his line of action in consultation with incident controller and take appropriate measures to handle the emergency. Assessing the severity of the incident immediately report to emergency controller about the gravity of the situation. He will assess the extra requirement required if any from the neighboring industry.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 171
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
C] Fire Crew Members On hearing fire alarm, emergency siren they shall immediately report to control room and proceed to the scene of emergency and work under the direction of shift fire & safety officer. The personal availability at the scene of incident to be made optimize.
D] Emergency Squad Members On hearing Emergency Siren ,they shall immediately report to site main controller, safety in charge or incident controller They shall combat the emergency situation as per the direction of site main controller, Safety In- charge or Incident controller They shall help for safe evacuation
7.23.5.4 MEDICAL SERVICES
A] Role of Chief Medical Officer/Medical Officer [Medical Assistance] He will contact immediately to chief emergency controller He will render necessary treatment as first aid center and hospital. He will arrange for hospitalization and treatment at outside hospitals if required. He will mobilize extra medical assistance from outside if necessary. He will make arrangement for treating public if necessary.
B] Role of other Medical staff As directed by medical officers.
7.23.5.5 SECURITY SERVICES Role of H.O.D. (Security) / Security Officers. Receive message from the observer Initiate the emergency siren to declare the emergency Announce on the public address system Arrange to close all the gates and stop traffic Keep vehicle/ambulance ready and keep track of casualty sent to hospital during off hours
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 172
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Ensure that unauthorized persons/vehicles do not enter the premises\ Organize the positioning and transport of vehicles near the main gate Depute security guard for controlling traffic at the scene of emergency Call up for additional help from the outside agency like fire brigade, hospitals during off hours
Role of Security Guard On hearing emergency siren contact security officer and work under his directions
7.23.5.6 MUTUAL AID In emergency situations, resources over and above those available at the works may be needed. Emergency Coordinator would be contacting neighboring factories for help. A survey of industries who can come to help and also the help, they can extend is done as mentioned below. The help would be in the form of technical manpower, medical aid, transport for rescue and Rehabilitation, fire fighting, additional special protective wear or any other help as the case may be. Manager – Safety who is Emergency Coordinator is assigned with this responsibility and he would maintain liaison during non-emergency period and ensure co-operation Similarly, the help required from civil administration, in respect of medical aid, transport, law and order, rehabilitation etc. are identified and liaison is established with Mandal Revenue Officer and Police Officials.
7.23.6 EMERGENCY RESPONSE Concept of operations deals with the possible steps associated with an emergency response assuming the most severe emergency scenario. This includes: Accident initiation and rising of alarm Accident evaluation and emergency declaration Off site and external agency notification Implementation of onsite response actions Implementation of protective actions and evacuations
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 173
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Co-ordination of response action with external agencies Management of emergency resources Recovery and facilitate re-entry procedures
7.23.7 EMERGENCY CAPABILITIES The primary emergency response facilities comprise with emergency control center upon declaration of emergency, the main security gate office will become the emergency control center [ECC]. The ECC is located in a low /minimal risk zone of the plant. It is manned round.
7.23.8 EMERGENCY HANDLING PROCEDURES Action plan On hearing emergency declaration siren and announcement on public address system, all key persons will rush to their nominated location and start actions. The main controller will continuously assess the situation by taking feedback from the incident controller. He will consult the advisory team members to get essential information if required but if does not required to take help from advisory team; he can assign other jobs to advisory team. Once the emergency is brought under control, Main Controller will inform to security to give “ALL CLEAR” siren and announce on Public Address System about termination of emergency. In the case the emergency assumes off site dimensions and cannot be controlled, then if the chief controller with his advisory team decides to evacuate the plant, he will instruct the security to sound “EVACUATION SIREN” Procedure in case emergency tends to have off site implications As per the sire plan and wind direction at the time of emergency, the likely affected area will be identified and population within will estimated. The police will be informed so that in-coming traffic on highway can be controlled from both the ends. The police force will be helpful in evacuation of villages, factories or other public places in the vicinity The fire brigade will be informed and ambulance will be called and kept ready to meet any eventuality. Neighboring factories will be communicated for sending help.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 174
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Statutory authorities such as factory inspector, district collector and others concerned to be intimated. Procedure for salvage operations The salvage operation will be carried out under the guidance of the main controller, his advisory team and incident controller. They will conduct accident investigation; assess the damages-the clock by security supervisors. During emergency, the main controller and his advisory-team will confirm Master plan of facility and 5kms surrounding area-displayed on wall Layout of facility, equipment and storages, displayed on table and wall Availability and location of personal protective equipment Self-contained breathing apparatus sets and the spare cylinders External telephone with direct dialing and STD facilities Internal telephone List of important internal and external telephone numbers displayed on table and wall. Transport facility Extra copies of plant layout for marking during emergency Telephone directory both local and surrounding district General stationary like paper, pencil etc. Nominal roll and address of all employees with contract telephone no‟s and blood group List of first aiders and emergency squad members Details of all contractors and their employees. Details of meteorological information during different seasons such as wind speed, direction, temperature, humidity etc. The location of ECC, Assembly point, availability of first aid boxes, fire extinguishers, PPE should be marked onsite.
7.23.9 MITIGATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT DURING FIRE EMERGENCY In case of fire, cut of contact of fire with flammable material or prevent of fire by other means Use water or suitable fire extinguisher to extinguish fire
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 175
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Contain the contaminated water or any other liquid to prevent it going to soil or drain and divert it to ETP storage tank. If required treat it before sending to ETP tank. Any solid waste generated should be collected, stored and send to TSDF site. During fire emergency use necessary PPE. Bottom valve failure: mitigation of environment impact during failure of between valves or tank failure. In case of material coming out of the bottom valve shall be contained inside the dyke wall and will be transferred to HDPE plastic drum by help of pump/piping. In case of acid spillage after pumping shall be neutralized and waste shall be cleaned with help of water and send the water to ETP. The failed bottom valve shall be replaced or repaired and restart. After tank is empty valve will be repaired, or replaced. In case of leakage form tank body tank will be repaired. Preventions of failure: preventive maintenance of bottom value shall be carried out as per schedule. To prevent any leakage from tank body, thickness checking shall be same as per schedule. In case of bottom value failure or heavy leakages from tank body material in the tank shall be transferred to the HDPE drums, by running the pump. Preventions of failure: preventive maintenance of bottom valve shall be carried out as per schedule. To prevent any leakage from tank body, thickness checking shall be same as per schedule. In case of any material leaching the soil it shall be neutralized and washed with water.
7.23.10 RAISING THE ALARM Emergency alarm shall be raised in the event of an emergency. Any person noticing an unusual occurrence, fire, chlorine leakage, toxic or corrosive substance leakage etc. shall inform the concerned department/section head/shift in charge immediately and try to control/contain the incident.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 176
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Departmental head/shift in charge will immediately go to the site of incident, assess the situation and initiate the action to “blow the emergency Alarm” by telephoning the main gate to security officer/Asst, security officer/Security supervisor. In case of telephone failure a messenger will be sent running to main gate to inform. Details of siren are given below
Siren codes Declaration of emergency:-A long short wailing siren for one minute will mean that there is an emergency within the premises. All clear siren: - A long siren for one minute will mean that the emergency declared is under control, i.e. all clear. This siren code will mean All clear, normal condition. Evacuation siren:-A long short wailing siren for 3 [three] minutes, will mean that emergency declared cannot be controlled. Hence all persons in the premises will evacuate as per the plan.
7.23.11 DECLARING MAJOR EMERGENCY Major emergency may be declared after sufficient thought because it activates many agencies and the nominated persons to declare major emergencies.
TRANSPORT AND EVACUATION ARRANGEMENTS Arrangements shall be made for the transport and evacuation of persons in case of any emergency situation arises in the factory. Those employees who have own vehicles will make arrangements to shift the injured.
7.23.12 PLANT OPERATIONS 1. Role of HOD He will take plant related decisions, which will facilitate the fire fighting operation.
2. Plant Employees They shall:
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 177
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
On heaving the siren, report to plant supervisor Do as directed by plant supervisor Stop all hot works Remove unwanted persons from the affected area to the “Assembly Point “near main security gate viz visitors, guests Stop all non-essential operations
3. Non-plant Employees On hearing the siren, shall stop their work assemble at “Assembly Point” near main security gate along with guests and visitors.
7.23.13 TELEPHONE MESSAGES Telephone operator has to pay vital role in case of emergency. After hearing the siren/hooter, he/she should inform to all key personnel immediately on phone. He/she should receiving be very sharp, precise, attentive and quick in & noticing the message.
7.23.14 MOCK DRILL In spite of detailed training, it may be necessary to try out whether, the OSEP works out and will there be any difficulties in execution of such plan. In order to evaluate the plan and its effectives of meeting the objective of the OSEP, occasional mock drills are contemplated. After a few pre- informed mock drills, few un-informed mock drills would be taken. All this is to famiarize the employees with the concept and procedures and to see their response. These scheduled and unscheduled mock drills would be conducted during shift change, public holidays, in night shifts etc, to improve preparedness. Emergency Coordinator [EHS] is responsible for organizing planned and unplanned mock drills. Two types of Mock drills will be in practice. They are 1. Announced-Once in 3 months 2. Unannounced –Once in 6 months.
Mock drill observation Mock drill observation team [ERT members] is constituted and they note down the action of various coordinators in chronological order. The time of arrival of each coordinator and their duties are detailed in a note. Immediately after mock drill, the
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 178
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries advisory team and emergency coordinators meet and review the mock drill records in chronological order and take note of corrective action. The record of this meeting note is circulated for compliance of concerned.
Role of Mock drill observers Note readings of plant instruments Meteorological conditions Time of emergency declaration and time when the personnel responded / reported Ambulance reported and time when additional vehicles reported Collect information description of the event, estimated quantity of the gas release, fire, contamination and effected levels at various locations, injuries and equipment damage.
7.24 OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN “If the accident is such that its affects inside the factory are uncontrollable and it may spread outside the factory premise, it is called as “OFFSITE EMERGENCY”
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 179
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FLOWCHART FOR OFFSITE EMERGENCYPLAN
The Offsite emergency plan is made based on events, which could affect people and Environment outside the premises. The off site plan is largely a matter of ensuring the co-ordination of proposed services and their readiness as far as possible, for the specific hazards and problems, which may arise in as incident. Briefly two main purposes of the plan are as under: To provide the local district authorities, police, fire brigade, doctors etc. the basic Information of risk and environmental impact assessment and to appraise them of the consequences and the protection / prevention measures and control plans and to seek their help to communicate with the public in case of major emergency. To assist the district authorities in preparing the Offsite emergency plan of the district or particular area. We have made our key personnel and other fully aware about this aspect. The function of the offsite plans are as under: Structure of the offsite emergency plan includes the following:- Organizational set up-Incident controller /Site main controller, Key personnel, etc Communication facilities - List of important telephones
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 180
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Specialized emergency equipment - Firefighting equipment Specialized Knowledge - Trained people Voluntary Organization - Details of organization Chemical information - MSDS of hazardous substances Meteorological information - Weather condition, Wind velocity etc Humanitarian arrangement - Transport, First aid, Ambulance
7.24.1 ROLE OF THE FACTORY MANAGEMENT The Onsite and Offsite plans are come together so that the emergency services are call upon at the appropriate time and are provided with accurate information and a correct assessment of situation.
7.24.2 ROLE OF LOCAL AUTHORITY Generally the duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authority. They may have appointed an Emergency planning officer (EPO) to prepare whole range of different emergency within the local authority area.
7.24.3 ROLE OF FIRE AUTHORITY The control of a fire is normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who would take over the handling of fire from the Incident Controller on arrival at the site.
7.24.4 ROLE OF POLICE The overall control of an emergency is normally assumed by the police with a senior officer designated as emergency coordinating officer. Formal duties of the police during emergency include protection of life and property and controlling traffic movements.
7.24.5 ROLE OF HEALTH AUTHORITIES Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances etc. have a vital role to play following a major accident and they should form an integral part of the emergency plan. Major off site incidents are likely to require medical equipments and facilities in addition to those available locally.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 181
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
7.24. 6 ROLE OF THE “MUTUAL AID” AGENCIES Some types of mutual aids are available from the surrounding factories, as per need, as a part of the onsite and Offsite emergency plan.
7.24.7 THE ROLE OF THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE In the event of an accident, the factory inspector will assist the District Emergency Authority for information and help in getting mutual aid from surrounding factories. Unit maintains the records of details of emergency occur, corrective preventive measures taken and in future the same practice will be continued. Unit will be displayed the details like list of assembly points, name of the persons involve in the safety team like Site Controller, Incident controller etc.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 182
CHAPTER -VIII
PROJECT BENEFITS
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
CHAPTER – VIII PROJECT BENEFITS
The proposed project will become beneficial to the surrounding area or community in terms of employment, social development and other benefits as described hereunder;
8.1 EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY In the proposed unit, 20 persons are employed for skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled category. The preference will be given to local population for employment in the semi- skilled and unskilled category; this will increase the employment opportunity in the surrounding area. The ideology of the company is to give employment opportunity to nearby villagers and this is the most positive aspect of company regarding enhancement of the society. Secondary jobs and indirect employment are also bound to be generated to provide day-to-day needs and services to the work force and industrial activity. This will also increase the demand for essential daily utilities in the local market. Due to proposed project there will be development of communication facilities in the area. The employed people will be benefited financially. This financial gain will fulfill their monetary requirements, which in turn will increase their standard of living.
8.2 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) & SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
Ratankamal Industries not only carries out business but also understands the obligations towards the society. The Project proponent is well aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfill the social obligations, unit will employ semi-skilled and skilled labor from the nearby villages for the proposed project as far as possible. Unit will also try to generate maximum indirect employment in the nearby villages by appointing local contractors during construction phase as well as during operation phase. Unit will be contributed reasonably as part of their CSR activity. Unit will spend about 5% of the project cost for CSR activities in nearby villages. CSR activities identified and planned at present are described below Table.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 183
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
CSR ACTIVITIES PLANNING & BUDGET FROM RATANKAMAL INDUSTRIES
Project Location : Ratankamal Industries. CSR Plan Period : Five Years from the date of commercial production. Project cost : Rs. 1.25 Crores CSR Budget : Rs. 6.25 Lakhs [5% of the Project cost] for 5 Years
Total 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th S. No CSR Activity (Rs. in Proposed Action Plan Year Year Year Year Year Lakhs) Supply of RO Proposed to establish drinking water RO Plants to 1 4.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.25 6.25 plant for providing potable water to Timba villages for village in 5 years period. potable water.
Industry will maintain the RO Plants for Total CSR Budget 4.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.25 6.25 supply of drinking water on regular basis.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 184
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Drinking water facility 1. Proposed to establish drinking water RO plant for providing potable water to Timba village in 5 years period.
The fund allocated for Enterprise Social Commitment will be utilized within five years providing potable water facility.
8.3 DIRECT REVENUE EARNING TO THE NATIONAL AND STATE EXCHEQUER This project will contribute additional revenue to the Central & State exchequer in the form of Central GST & State GST. Thus, the proposed project will help the Government by paying taxes from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus, will help in developing the area. Demand of the proposed products in foreign market is also significant, which will boost the export potential of the company as well as country. Export oriented units plays vital role in development of economy as well as local physical infrastructure for further boosting of industrial development with sustainable approach as the industries need to maintain good environment & safety condition to get better foreign market.
8.4 INFRASTRUCTURAL BENEFIT The project site is equipped with sufficient infrastructural facilities including drinking water, power, easily accessible approach roads, public transport, communication, etc. Hence no major benefit to the public infrastructure is anticipated due to the proposed project. However, benefits due to CSR activities may be realized if any CSR activities would be related with such facilities.
8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS The proposed project will have many employment & trade opportunities with the inception of the construction activities. Thus, these considerable employment & trade opportunities will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the local people & businesses/contractors. With this new unit, Ratankamal Industries contributes to growth in manufacture sector. The country will also benefit from GST revenues. Foreign exchange earnings from exports are envisaged to increase. Beside economic benefits,
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 185
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries the general social & cultural development of the area is anticipated at least due to the CSR activities planned by the company. The long-term implications of this change can be definitely considered as progressive.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 186
CHAPTER -IX
ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
CHAPTER - IX
ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
9.0 COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS During the scoping stage; no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis is suggested by the appraisal committee.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Chapter – IX Page 187
CHAPTER -X
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
CHAPTER – X ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.1 INTRODUCTION Environmental Management Plan reflects the commitment of the management to protect the environment within and outside the industrial premises. An environmental management plan is required for formulation and monitoring of environmental protection measures during and after construction / Modification and commissioning of the projects. Hence, the construction and operational phase is considered for outlining the Environmental Management Plan for the said industry. The plan indicates the details as to how various measures have been taken by the industry to mitigate the pollutants generated due to its operations. The Potential Environmental Impacts from the construction and operational activities of the industry are summarized below.
A. Construction / Modification Phase: Site preparation, sanitation, noise, construction equipment & waste and site security.
B. Operation Phase: Air pollution due to emission of Particulate Matter, Sulphur dioxide, Nitrogen oxide from the boiler stack and D.G. Set. Gaseous emissions from process leading to workroom air pollution. Noise pollution due to noise generating equipment operation. Disposal of effluent generated due to plant operations. Disposal of Solid Wastes generated due to the plant operation.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 188
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FIGURE -10.1: FLOW CHART OF EMP
IDENTIFICATION OF THE POTENTIAL IMPACTS
RECOMMENDED MITIGATION MEASURES
DESCRIPTION OF MONITORING PROGRAM ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH RELEVANT STANDARDS AND RESIDUAL IMPACTS
ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES AND RESPONSIBLITIES FOR PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE AND REPORTING PROCEDURES
CONTIGENCY PLAN WHEN IMPACTS ARE GREATER THAN EXPECTED
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 189
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
10.2 PRE- PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Construction / Modification related impacts: The industry is an established small scale Manufacture PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesives manufacturing unit. The potential for environment pollution during the construction / Modification is obviously considerably less than when the plant is in operation. The following factors require control during the construction / Modification phase.
10.2.1 Site Preparation The leveling operation will involve stockpiling of backfill materials. All the disturbed slopes shall be stabilized with grass cover and dust nuisance controlled.
10.2.2 Sanitation The site will be provided with sufficient and suitable toilet facilities with proper hygiene for construction workers. Adequate potable water supply will be provided for onsite workers.
10.2.3 Noise The total noise effect in the vicinity during construction / Modification stage will be negligible in the site and the site is far away from the nearest human habitation.
10.2.4 Construction Equipment and Waste It will be ensured that construction related vehicles are properly maintained to minimize exhaust emissions. Combustible waste will be burnt in a controlled manner. Other wastes will be disposed off in approved dump. Spent liquid waste if any, arising from chemical treatment of built-up portions for termites etc, will be correctly neutralized and disposed off.
10.2.5 Site Security The site will be secured by fencing and manned at entry points.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 190
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
10.3. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING OPERATION 10.3.1 AIR QUALITY The boiler emissions and emissions from D.G. Set are the sources likely to contribute to air pollution. Adequate measures are being taken to minimize the impacts of these emissions on the environment. The baseline data collected during the study period indicate that all five pollutants namely PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3 and VOCs. For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install a 0.8 TPH Fuel Briquettes fired boiler. The Fuel Briquettes requirement of 1.2 TPD will be met from government allocation or from local authorized sources. A 30 KVA DG set is proposed for this project for usage during the power failures. The industry proposed to install a 150 TR cooling tower.
There will be slight increase in the ground level concentrations for PM2.5, PM10, SO2,
NOX, CO, NH3 and VOCs.
10.3.1.1 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT Following are the proposed pollution control schemes and which will be used to minimize and control the emission of air pollutants as well as their effective dispersion into the atmosphere.
A. Stack Design Stack of 11m height with cyclone separator will be provided for the Fuel Briquettes fired boiler with the approximate flue gas exit velocity of 7 m/s ensures proper dispersion of the flue gas into atmosphere. This design will ensure the ground level concentration of the pollutants to comply with the ambient air quality standards.
B. Expected Process Emissions Details & Control Measures No Process emissions are liberated from manufacturing process of proposed products
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 191
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
C. ACTION PLAN TO CONTROL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AS PER NAAQS STANDARDS
STANDARDS CONTROL MEASURES S.NO POLLUTANTS (Industrial, Residential, RESULT Rural and Other Area) Process Boiler DG Sets 1 50 Scrubbed by Providing 11 m of stack Providing 10m of stack Sulphur Dioxide 3 using C. S. height to Disperse into height to Disperse into Within the Limit (SO ) µg/m 2 80 Lye solution Atmosphere Atmosphere 2 Oxides of 40 Providing 11 m of stack Providing 10m of stack Nitrogen as NO2 NA height to Dispersed into height to Disperse into Within the Limit µg/m3 80 Atmosphere Atmosphere 3 Particulate matter 60 (size Less than NA Providing Cyclone separator NA Within the Limit 10µm) µg/m3 100 4 Particulate matter 40 (size less than NA Providing Cyclone separator NA Within the Limit 2.5 µm) µg/m3 60 5 100 Ozone 3 NA NA NA - µg/m 180 6 Lead (Pb) 0.50 3 NA NA NA - µg/m 1.0 7 Carbon 02 Providing 11 m of stack Providing 10m of stack Monooxide NA height to Disperse into height to Disperse into Within the Limit mg/m3 04 Atmosphere Atmosphere 8 100 Scrubbed by Ammonia (NH3) 3 using chilled NA NA - µg/m 400 water media 9 Benzene µg/m3 05 NA NA NA - 10 Benzo(a) pyrene (BaP)- Particulate 01 NA NA NA - Phase only ng/m3 11 Arsenic ng/m3 06 NA NA NA - 12 Nickel ng/m3 20 NA NA NA -
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 192
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
D. Fugitive Emissions from Chemical Storage Various chemicals are used in the manufacturing process of PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive. The VAM [Bulk quantity] is stored in storage tank, which is provided vent condensers to avoid odor problem. These are handled in closed conditions thereby reducing the losses in the form of evaporation. The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions by providing Chilled water circulation to the condensers. Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations. To the reaction vessel provided vapor column and condenser for avoiding odor problem during the reaction period.
E. Storage and Transportation of Raw Materials Raw materials will be received by trucks and tankers .The same will be stored in over storage rooms it is stored under lock and key in designated storage area. The chemicals will be received in Fiber drums, HDPE drums, and PP bags.
10.3.2 NOISE POLLUTION All the equipment in the plant would be designed to have a total noise level not exceeding 85-90 dB (A) as per the requirement of OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration) standards.
NOISE ENVIRONMENT Compressors, Boiler and DG set will be the major noise generating units in the plant, of which generator will be functioning only at the time of power failure. There is no need for the workers to be near this unit continuously. The Generator sets will be placed in acoustic enclosures to maintain the noise levels as permitted by CPCB.
NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT The noise levels in the work place environment will be monitored periodically and if necessary action will be taken in the form of regular maintenance schedule to reduce noise and vibration in generating sources.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 193
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
The effects of the vibrations coming out of the base of the body over the surrounding civil structures are minimized by providing Damping pads/Resilient mounting at the time of installation. Under the general health check up scheme as per factory act, the workers will however be checked up for any Noise induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) by a trained ENT Doctor.
10.3.3 WATER QUALITY No impact on water quality as there is no discharge of effluents. Water is essentially used in process, Boiler, Cooling towers and domestic purpose. The total water required for process, washings, Boiler makeup & cooling towers will be sourced from DM water suppliers and the water required for Domestic & Gardening purpose will be met from ground water source.
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT The effluent generation is from boiler blow down, cooling tower bleed off and Domestic sections. There is no waste water generation in manufacturing process Waste water shall be recycled to reduce the water consumption. For waste water treatment purpose, the industry will adopt ETP and the Forced Evaporation [FE System] due to less quantity [1.2 KLD] of waste water generation. Collected waste water will be pumped in to the above ground level tanks separately.
Treatment system
WASTE WATER NEUTRALISATION CLARIFICATION FORCED CONDENSATE COLLECTION EVAPORATION FOR REUSE
10.3.3.1 DETAILS OF FE SYSTEM Waste water collected from cooling tower Bleed off and Boiler blow down which is neutralized and clarified .The clarified effluent is taken for forced evaporation in 2.0 KL reactor. Collected condensate water is used for cooling towers. Reactor bottom salts collected and sent for TSDF.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 194
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
FE SYSTEM FLOW CHART:
ACID/ALKALI
COOLING TOWER BLEED OFFWATER NEUTRALISATION
TANK
BOILER BLOW DOWN WATER
DOWN CLARIFICATION
FORCED EVP.SALT TO TSDF EVAPORATION
CONDENSATE
WATER
COOLING
TOWER
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 195
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
10.4 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT Generation of hazardous / Solid Wastes The Solid / Hazardous waste generation will be FE salt, spent oil, Fuel Briquettes ash; Ancillary source will be discarded drums, bags, containers.
Resource Conservation / Waste Minimization The unit will also implement the concept of waste minimization circle including:
Good House Keeping: Proper housekeeping practices make the system easier and less costly. Some of these are as follows: Solid wastes e.g. powders, spills, etc. in process, and packaging are to be separately collected and disposed off instead of allowing these to join effluent streams. This will reduce load and increase the efficiency of treatment system.
Discarded Container / Barrels/ Liners Management Discarded containers/ barrels/ liners will be kept at a designated place with paved surface. These will be decontaminated (washed/ cleaned) and after that will be stored in the designated area in scrap yard. Later on these will be sold to the actual users/ recyclers as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. The record of discarded containers/ barrels/ liners stored in scrap yard shall be maintained and also, inventory of their selling to the registered recyclers shall be maintained. The same shall be reviewed by the HSE Department of the project. The contaminated (without wash/cleaned) containers/barrels/liners will be dispose off to authorized recycler.
HANDLING OF SOLID WASTE AND HAZARDOUS WASTE The solid wastes and hazardous wastes will be packed in double lined PP bags and stored in an isolated room, exclusively ear marked for the purpose. Process Waste (Organic) is disposed to Common Hazardous
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 196
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Waste Incineration facility (CHWIF). FE salts will be sent to TSDF for further treatment and safe land fill.
10.5 EB [ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY]: The project activity does not require tree cutting. Also, the study zone does not have any ecologically sensitive location and hence, the plant activities are not expected to have any impact on ecology and biodiversity. Air emissions, liquid effluent disposal and solid waste generation are likely to have some impact on terrestrial ecosystems. However there will be no net increase in air pollution. Solid wastes will be collected and disposed of properly. Hence, negligible impact on ecology is expected. Greenbelt / green cover will be about 34.8% of the total area.
Management Raw material dispensing stations will be equipped with vacuum duct hoods with top cover. Tanker filling stations will be equipped with in-house designed ducting system with vapor suction hoods. All waste storage tanks and waste preparation and raw material storage tanks will be connected to vacuum system and then to Scrubbing through a fully automated system with no human interface. All tanks being used for storage of odorous chemicals/ products will be connected to vacuum system. Manometers will be provided on these tanks. The vacuum will be monitored on daily basis and actions will be taken accordingly.
10.6 SE [SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS]: This project will have positive impacts on Socio-Economic Environment.
Positive impacts Direct employment generation potential of the project will be for about 20 persons, wherein the first preference will be given to the Qualified People from within the Study Area.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 197
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Various modes of indirect employment i.e. providing Conveyance, Transportation, Services and Goods will also increase.
Overall improvement in quality of life of people of the study area will increase.
10.7 HG [HYDROGEOLOGY, GROUND WATER & WATER CONSERVATION]: Occurrence and movement of ground water is governed by the extent and thickness of weathered zone, presence and interconnections of joint and fracture systems, which provides secondary porosity. The thickness of the weathered zone of the basalt ranges from less than one meter to more than 6 m and the joints and fracture system is prevalent down to a maximum depth of 80 to 90 mbgl in the basaltic terrain. The occurrence of vesicles and amygdales in the flows of the trap rocks and solution cavities in the limestone formations and the geological contact between limestone and basalt are other factors favourable for ground water storage and movement.
Ground Water Conditions Ground water occurs in the weathered and fissured zones mainly under water table conditions. It occasionally occurs under semi-confined conditions in the event of comparatively deeper fracture system in these formations. These fissured formations do not form good repository of groundwater, compared to porous unconsolidated sedimentary formations. Groundwater is being developed in these formations by means of dug and dug-cum-bored wells. Depth of dugwells ranges between 5 and 38.5 mbgl whereas depth of dug-cum-bored wells varies between 15 and 78 mbgl in the case of fissured basaltic formations. Depth of dugwells in the limestone formations varies between 12 and 38 mbgl. Deeper wells are constructed in the western part in these formations. Depth to water levels in basaltic formation varies between 4 and 25 mbgl. In the limestone formation it varies between 12 and 33 mbgl. The deeper water levels are recorded towards western part of the area. The average yield of the wells in the trap formations varies between 50 and 1000 cu.m/day and of the wells in the limestone varies between 50 and 200 cu.m/day. The proposed area is categorized as safe by the Groundwater department and scope for
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 198
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries development & stage of groundwater is good. The industry will use groundwater only for domestic & gardening purpose.
Possible Impacts on Groundwater & Mitigation The generation of ash from the industry will have sedimentation affect over the wind ward side on the soil regime as well as the buffer zone over a period of time affecting the flow rates of water. The chemically loaded waste water leakage from the industry may affect the soil, surface and groundwater sources, so we will closely monitor to avoid any spillage or leakages. The ash spreading in and around the plant will be avoided by storing under closed conditions at dedicated place till it is disposed to users. Ash generation and storage will be monitored closely to avoid leakages and will be disposed safely to the brick manufacturing industries and infrastructure projects. All the chemically charged liquid discharges will not be allowed to be in contact with surface/ groundwater.
10.8 GEO [GEOLOGY]: The area is almost entirely occupied by the sediments of quaternary era. Only in the southwestern part of the Ahmedabad district basalt flows of the deccan volcanic of upper cretaceous to Eocene age are exposed. The quaternary sediments include oolitic to sandy limestone with intercalated grit and sandstone (Miliolite formation) and minor isolated outcrops of variegated clay. Siltstone and marl (Vend formation) of pliestocene are. Sediments of Holocene age comprise Rann Clay formation (tidal flat deposits) and mahuva formation (shoal, spit/bar, tidal flat and tidal marsh deposits) deposited by marine agencies, Katpur formation and varahi formation by fluvial agencies, Akhaj formation (sand sheet and sand dunes, stabilized) and jantral formation.
10.9 SC [SOIL CONSERVATION]: The proposed project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of the project site. The chances of any enhanced soil erosion are not anticipated. But improper disposal of toxic wastes and accidental spillages of toxic chemicals can
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 199
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries pose a serious threat to the soil, ground and surface waters. But the chances of such events cannot be quantified and predicted. Since the industry is expected all rules and regulations relating to the use, handling and disposal of all toxic and hazardous chemicals, no additional safety methods are required especially to prevent contamination of soil. Liberal use of locally available farmyard manure will be used for the plants in the greenbelt and block plantations for improving the productivity, fertility and health of soils. Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the buffer zone and one from the project site reveals that all basically sandy soil.
10.10 RH [RISK & HAZARDS MANAGEMENT]: All the provisions as per the Factories act, 1948 manufacture, storage and import of hazardous chemicals [MSIHC] Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter and also, the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 to be followed. Work environment monitoring as well as noise monitoring will be carried out on regular interval through third party. Dedicated occupational Health center is available with various facilities. Round the clock Ambulance will be made available equipped with necessary first aid facility. Following hazards may occur during the operation. Fire Hazards Chemicals handling and Storage Road accidents Process hazards Health hazards Following procedures will be followed for effective management of any disaster in the plant. Identification of disaster risk Identification of persons at risk Removal of hazard Evaluation of the risk Control measures to be taken Maintaining assessment records
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 200
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Management of Occupational Health &Safety of Employees & Visitors Preferred an integrated approach and make environmental management a part of overall environmental, health and safety [EHS] management system. This model EHS system suggests and addresses EMS issues such as: Management system expectation Management leadership, responsibilities and accountability Risk assessment and management Compliance and other requirements Personnel, training and contractor services Documentation and communications Facilities design and construction Operation ,maintenance and management Community awareness and emergency response EHS performance monitoring and measurement Incident investigation reporting and analysis EHS management system audit Management review and audit
Direct exposure to the PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive or raw materials may affect the health of the employees. Hence direct exposure to the product is eliminated by providing closed handling facilities with pumps and pipelines in the process plant. Personal protective equipment viz. Hand gloves, safety goggles, nose masks, and safety helmets will be provided to all the employees working in the plant. Company has a policy of providing protective equipment for all personnel including contract and casual workers. In order to safe guard the health of the employees, all the employees undergo periodic health checkup. All the employees will be trained and educated periodically about the hazardous nature of chemicals used in the process. Worker exposure to chemicals can occur during manufacturing when chemicals spill, leak, or discharge from the process system and contaminate areas where workers are present. The most frequently reported industrial exposure occurs during the transfer of materials. The entry of workers into systems, equipment, or enclosures that are contaminated may occur inadvertently, but routine servicing, nonscheduled
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 201
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries maintenance, and process monitoring appear to be the kind of activities with potential for significant exposure. All raw materials, intermediates and finished products are handled in completely closed system using Pumps, Vacuum systems and Pipelines. Necessary Precautions taken during design stage itself, to completely eliminate the risk of any kind of exposure. As an additional safety measure, Personal protective equipment viz. Hand gloves, safety goggles, nose masks, and safety helmets are provided to all the employees working in the plant.
10.11 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 10.11.1 OBJECTIVE The purpose of a green belt around the plant site is to capture the fugitive emissions emanating from Plant operations, attenuate the noise generated and improve the aesthetics. Environmental protection has been considered as an important domain for industrial and other developmental activities in India. Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) has taken several policy initiatives and promoted integration of environmental concerns in developmental projects. One such initiative is the notification on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of developmental projects issued in 1994 and further revised notification in year 2006 under the provisions of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 EIA Guidance Manual for building, construction, townships and area development projects proactively talks about the importance of greenbelts in such projects. Greenbelt in India refers to a buffer zone created beyond which industrial activity may not be carried on. This concept has developed through a long line of cases and today, greenbelts are present not only for the purpose of protecting sensitive areas to maintain ecological balance, but are also be found in urban areas so as to act as a sink for the harmful gases released by vehicles and industries operating in the city area. In this regard, comprehensive Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts have been compiled by the Central Pollution Control Board [Refer Probes/75/1999-2000].
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 202
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
10.11.2 Action Plan As per the stipulations of MoEF&CC, greenbelt is to be provided all along the boundary by planting tall, evergreen trees and the total green area including landscaping area will be about 34.8%) of the project area. There are block plantations within the project site. Typical industrial greenbelt on all sides of the plant site with 5 to 10 m width patches and strips of greenbelt with a spacing of 2m x 3 m (1500 trees per Ha). About 100 trees can be grown in the space available. Since there shall be two rows of trees, they get direct light at least from one side and the branches can expand. Hence, potentially large trees with wide canopy are chosen instead of the less branched and straight growing trees. Soil is good and suitable for plant growth but water supply is critical during the dry season. Special care shall be taken to water them at least once in 7 to 10 days during the dry period. A list of plants suitable for greenbelt and to the local agro climatic conditions. A suggested list of multipurpose trees proposed to be planted in the greenbelt is given in Table 10.1.
TABLE -10.1: LIST OF PLANTS PROPOSED FOR GREENBELT S.No Botanical name English name Habitat 1 Abutilon indicum Indian Mallow Shrub 2 Acacia arabica Gum arabic tree Tree 3 Acacia ferruginea Rusty Acacia Tree 4 Acacia mearnsii black wattle Tree 5 Acacia melanoxylon Sally Wattle Tree 6 Acacia nilotica Babool Tree 7 Ageratum conyzoides Goat weed Shrub 8 Albizia lebbeck Flea tree Tree 9 Bambusa bamboo Bamboo Tree 10 Barringtonia acutangula Indian putat Tree 11 Bidens pilosa Beggar tick Herb 12 Butea frondosa Flame of the forest Tree 13 Calotropis gigantean Crown Flower Shrub 14 Cassia surattensis Scrambled Egg Shrub 15 Cleistanthus collinus Garari Shrub 16 Cleome viscose Asian spider flower Herb 17 Drypetes sepiaria Wild Caper Bush Shrub 18 Eucalyptus globules Eucalyptus Tree 19 Ficus benghalensis Banyan Tree
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 203
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
20 Ficus religiosa Pee pal Tree 21 Magnifera indica Mango Tree Parthenium Carrot Grass Herb 22 hysterophorus 23 Pongamia pinnata Indian beech Tree 24 Techtona grandis Teak Tree
10.12 POST PROJECT MONITORING Regular monitoring of all significant environmental parameters is essential to check the compliance status vis-à-vis the environmental laws and regulation. The objective of the monitoring will be as follows. . To verify the results of the impact assessment study with respect to the proposed project. . To study the trend of concentration values of the parameters, which have been, identified as critical and planning the mitigate measures. . To check and assess the efficacy of pollution control equipment. . To implement the EMP, a structured Environment Management Cell (EMC) interwoven with the management system will be created. . EMC will undertake regular monitoring of the proposed pollution control system and conduct yearly audit of the environmental performance of the system. It will also check that the stipulated measures are being satisfactory implemented and operated. A comprehensive environmental monitoring program that will be prepared for the purpose of implementation in the proposed manufacturing unit by the EMC is described below.
10.12.1 AIR POLLUTION MONITORING
The Stack emissions from the DG Set shall be monitored once in a year for PM10,
NOX & SO2. The ambient air at the plant site will be monitored once in a month for
PM10, NOX & SO2. The Fugitive Emissions like VOC’s will be monitored in Production block, Raw Material and Finished goods section.
10.12.2 WASTE WATER MONITORING The quantity of waste generated from ETP unit will be regularly measured using flow meters. Wastewater samples will be collected and analyzed for critical parameters.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 204
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
10.12.3 GROUND WATER MONITORING Ground water quality of bore well will be regularly monitored preferably once in a 6 / 12 months.
10.12.4 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE MONITORING Hazardous / Solid waste generated from the plant will be monitored once in a month/change of the product.
TABLE- 10.2: THE DETAILS OF THE MONITORING PROGRAM Location of Type of Frequency of Duration of Parameters S.No Monitoring Instrument Monitoring Sampling Sampling to be test station 3 Places at Once in a PM10, SO2, 1 Ambient Air o 8 hrs/24 hrs RDS 120 angle month NOX Production Work room Once in 3 Personal 2 Block, Store --- VOC’ concentration Months Sampler S rooms, Stack Stack Once in a PM , SO , 3 D. G Sets. --- Monitoring 10 2 Monitoring month NO Instrument X D. G. Sets, Compressors, Day – Night Chillers, Once in a Noise 4 Noise Levels --- Noise levels Production month meter in Leq block, Admin. block, etc. Physical Ground Nearest Bore Once in six and 5 --- Lab water well months Chemical Parameters
All the above observations will be complied and documented by the EMC to serve the following purposes. . Identification of any environmental problems that are occurring in the area. . Initiating or providing solution to those problems through designed channels and verification of the implementation status . Controlling activities inside the plant, until the environmental problem is corrected. . Suitably responds to emergency situations The industry will engage recognized laboratories to carry out all necessary monitoring parameters. Qualified staff will be appointed for the purpose of Operation
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 205
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries and maintenance of the pollution control facilities. Stand-by facilities are provided to all the facilities so as to ensure fail proof treatment.
10.13 MANAGEMENT OF PUBLIC INTERESTS 10.13.1OBJECTIVE To assure the neighboring communities that the promoters and management have high consideration for the welfare of this region, the following commitments are made by the project promoters.
10.13.2 PREFERENCE TO LOCAL POPULATION For the recruitment of semi-skilled and unskilled workers preference will be given for the local people.
10.13.3 HEALTH CAMPS Health camps will be organized along with the local administration and voluntary organizations like Red Cross, Rotary Club etc., in the surrounding villages.
10.13.4 PUBLIC AMENITIES The management will support the local administration with funds and other forms of assistance for the development of public amenities in this region.
10.13.5 PUBLIC RELATIONS The management will set up a public relations office to maintain to good line of communication between the management and the public on matters of environmental concern.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 206
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
10.14 PROJECT DETAILS Ratankamal Industries proposed to establish a PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesives Manufacturing Unit. The project is located at Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part -II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahmedabad District, Gujarat. The Industry is having its administrative office at 14 & 15, 2nd Floor, Rudraksh Complex, Opp. Annapurna Hotel, Phase-I, GIDC, Vatva, Ahmedabad-382445. The company proposes to invest an amount of Rs. 1.25 Crores which includes construction of the buildings, equipment, machinery and greenbelt development.
The nearest habitation from the site is Timba Village at a distance of 1.1 km (N).
The nearest railway station is Dholka Railway Station at a distance of 15 km (SW) from the site.
The nearest airport is Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel International Airport at a distance of 77 km (SE)
The Nearest road ways National Highway No.8 – 7.6km (ENE) State Highway No.144 – 1.1km (S)
The co-ordinates of the Project site are Latitude: 22°50'07.4"N, Longitude: 72°31'27.4"E.
10.15. PROCESS PLANT AND MACHINERY The Plant and Machinery consists of Process Reactors, Condensers, Heat exchangers, Packing materials and Laboratory equipment required for the plant. The Plant will be designed to meet the requirements of GMP and all the required ventilation facilities will be provided.
10.16. AUXILIARY PLANTS In addition to the above process plant, the unit will have auxiliary plants like water, steam boiler, cooling water system, diesel generators, wastewater collection tanks, etc. to support the process operations.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 207
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
10.17 RESOURCES AVIALABLE WITH THE PROJECT 10.17.1 LAND AREA
TABLE 10.3: PROPOSED LAND USE DETAILS S. No. DESCRIPTION AREA IN SQM AREA IN ACRES AREA IN % 1 Total Built up Area 424.00 0.10 22.7 2 Green Belt Area 650.00 0.16 34.8 3 Roads / Open Area 795.00 0.20 42.5 TOTAL 1869.00 0.46 100
34.8 % of Land Allotted For Green Belt Development
10.17.2 WATER REQUIREMENT Proposed Water Consumption Details TABLE- 10.4: PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS Water Input S.No Purpose In KLD 1 Process 19.61 2 Washings 1.00 3 Boiler make up 1.50 4 Cooling towers make up 9.00 5 Domestic 1.00 6 Gardening 2.00 Total 34.11
TABLE- 10.5: PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION IN PROCESS – PRODUCT WISE Water Product Name Production S.No. Input
MT/Month kg/Day 1 PVA Emulsion 800 477 2 Synthetic wood Adhesive 400 517 Total 1200 994
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 208
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
10.17.3 RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT The raw materials for the plant operations are the chemicals and the fuels. The chemicals required for the process are bought from the local market. The list of the chemicals required with their quantity, physical nature is given in Chapter-II. Fuel Briquettes are used in the boiler and is sourced from the local traders. The Briquettes consumption is about is 1.2 TPD for 0.8 TPH Fuel Briquettes fired boiler, High Speed diesel is used in D.G. Set, which is about 5 Liters/Day and D.G. Set of 30 KVA is operated only during power failures. The raw materials will be stored in the Store room as the per the safety norms.
10.17.4 STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS The Raw materials / chemicals will be received in Fiber drums, HDPE drums, PP bags by trucks. The same will be stored in ware house under lock & key arrangement.
10.17.5 POWER REQUIREMENTS The power requirement of proposed project will be made available through Gujarat Electricity Board [GEB]. The power requirement of project will be 50 KVA The unit is proposing 30 KVA DG set, for usage during the power failures.
10.18 PROCESS DETAILS 10.18.1 PROCESS DESCRIPTION AND MATERIAL BALANCE Process description and Material Balance for all the products are given in Chapter II.
10.19 POLLUTION LOADS 10.19.1 AIR POLLUTION LOADS 10.19.1.1 EXPECTED PROCESS EMISSIONS DETAILS No Process emissions are liberated from manufacturing process of proposed products.
10.19.2 EMISSIONS – UTILITIES For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 0.8 TPH Fuel Briquettes fired boiler. The Fuel Briquettes requirement will be met from government allocation or from local authorized sources. The unit is proposing 30 KVA DG set, for usage during the power failures.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 209
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
The emission details are presented in bellow Table No.10.10 & Table No.10.11
TABLE- 10.6: CHARACTERISTIC DETAILS OF PROPOSED BOILER Particulars Units 0.8 TPH Boiler Type of Fuel -- Fuel Briquettes Fuel Consumption TPD 1.2 Ash Content % 25 Sulphur Content % 0.2 No. of Stacks No 1 Height of Stack M 11 Diameter of Stack M 0.50 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 100 Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 7.0 Particulate Matter gm/sec 0.15 Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 0.06 Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 0.08
TABLE- 10.7: STACK EMISSION DETAILS OF PROPOSED DG SET
Emission Emission Emission Stack Flue Gas Stack Flue gas Capacity of SPM in Of SO in of NO dia. Temp. in Height Velocity in KVA 2 x mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 in mg/Nm3 in m OC in m in m/sec 30 KVA 60 75 100 0.2 170 8 12.5
10.19.3 WASTEWATER LOADS The waste water generation will be 3.0 KLD which is from reactor washes, cooling tower blow down, boiler blow down and domestic usage. The effluent generation details are given below.
TABLE-10.8: EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS Effluent S.No Particulars Generation in Treatment Method KLD 1 Process 0.00 Waste water will be 2 Washings 1.00 reused back in the process 3 Boiler Blow down 0.20 Forced evaporation. Condensate reused in 4 Cooling tower Blow Down 1.00 cooling tower makeup Sent to septic tank 5 Domestic 0.80 followed by soak pit. Total 3.00
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 210
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
10.20 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE DETAILS Solid Waste Generation Details The Hazardous/Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed project are given below.
TABLE- 10.9: HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE GENERATION, DISPOSAL DETAILS Name of the S. No Quantity Disposal Method Hazardous Waste Process Collection, Storage, Transportation & 1 100 Kg/Year Waste(Organic) Incineration at CHWIF Collection, Storage, Transportation & 1800 2 Raw material Bags reused Or Sell to GPCB authorized No’s/Year vendor Collection, Storage, Transportation & 3 Empty Barrels 1200No’s/Year reused Or Sell to GPCB authorized vendor Collection, Storage, Transportation & 4 Used Oil 50 Ltrs/Year Sell to GPCB authorized recycler or reuse within premises 5 Ash from Boiler 300 Kg/Day Sent to Brick manufacturers 6 FE Salts 3 kg/day Sent to TSDF
Hazardous / Solid waste will be segregated. Detoxified containers, HDPE Drums/Bags will be stored in the covered and raised platform with Leachate collection system and disposed to authorized parties. Non incinerabale solid waste will be disposed to TSDF for secured landfill. The Hazardous / solid waste should be disposed off through 6-copy manifest system within 90 days from the generation. All records will be maintained properly.
The Hazardous / solid waste generated per day product wise is given below.
10.21 PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING To augment the declining ground water levels and water harvesting is the need of the hour. Rainwater harvesting is a mechanism involved in collecting, storing and using. A rainwater harvesting system comprises various stages – flow of rainwater through pipes or drains, filtration and storage in tanks for reuse or recharge. There are five components in rainwater harvesting namely catchment, conveyance, filtration, storage and recharge.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 211
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Roof top area is considered for harvesting rainwater for this project and other areas are excluded due to possibility of chemical contamination. Roof top rainwater harvesting is one of the appropriate options for augmenting ground water recharge/ storage in urban areas where natural recharge is considerably reduced due to increased urban activities and not much land is available for implementing any other artificial recharge measure. Roof top rainwater harvesting can supplement domestic requirements in rural areas as well.
Design of Roof Water Harvesting Structure Quantity of Rain water collection and recharging depends upon Average rainfall Catchment area Run-off coefficient Infiltration rate Evapo Transpiration Porosity Permeability Generally used Rain water harvesting structures are like Recharge Pits, Invert Well, Surface storage pond (where areas are large and Optimum rainfall), Check Dams, Nalla Bunds. The rain water from the Roof top will be collected through PVC pipes and transferred to the proposed roof water harvesting pits through steps of eliminating suspended particles, oil & grease through finally to the ground. Science the area of harvesting is small the above parameters are not studied in detail and only applicability as to conserve and harvest the available quantum is considered and suitable structure suggested Based on the Indian Climatological Normals, Ahmedabad 1981-2010.
Normal Annual Rainfall = 750.9 mm (0.75 m)
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 212
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
TABLE- 10.10: AVAILABLE RAINWATER (ANNUAL) FOR HARVESTING Rainfall Runoff Total Rainwater Description Area (m2) (m/Annum) coefficient (m3/Annum) Roof Area 424 0.75 0.8 254.4 Total available rainwater (in m3/annum) 254
Details of Roof water harvesting pits: Number of pits 2 Nos. Size of pits 8m x 4m x 3m Size of Bore 350 mm dia. Size of pipe 150 mm dia.
FIGURE-10.3: ROOF WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE
10.22 INVESTMENT The proposed total gross investment in Buildings and Plant & Machinery will be approximately Rs. 1.25 Crores. Industry will allocate an amount of about Rs.17.5 Lakhs for Environmental Protection measures. Recurring cost will be about Rs. 8 Lakhs per annum.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 213
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
10.22.1 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION The management will be set aside adequate funds in its annual budget to fully meet the stated objectives of the environmental policy. The capital equipment for environmental management include effluent treatment plants, pipelines and channels for waste water discharge, green belt development and the environment laboratory.
TABLE- 10.11: PROPOSED BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN [EMP] Proposed Recurring Cost S. No Particulars Capital Cost Per Annum (Rs. Lakhs) (Rs. Lakhs) 1 Pollution Control Equipment 4.0 2.0 2 FE System 10.0 2.0 3 Rain Water Harvesting 0.5 0.0 4 Green Belt Development 1.0 0.5 5 Health & Safety 2.0 1.5 6 Environmental Monitoring 0.0 2.0 Total 17.5 8.0
10.23 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ASPECTS There will be few gaseous emissions generated or released from the manufacturing process. The work zone environment and layout is worked out in such a way that the workman works in a comfortable atmosphere by using adequate personal protective equipment. Industry will be taking all precautions to minimize the emissions on handling of various chemicals etc. Sufficient fire extinguishers and fire hydrants will be provided in the plant to handle any emergency. First aid kits will be provided in all the departments and training on First aid will also provide to all the employees for early treatment. Candidates to be recruited to work in the factory will be subjected to pre employment medical checkup. Only those certified to be medically fit will be recruited. Candidates on recruitment safety training will be given for one week on handling of chemicals. Ratankamal Industries will strictly follow the safety norms as per the guidelines of the National Safety Council for a process industry and will provide all the necessary safety equipment for the protection of the Industrial establishment as well as the personnel working in the plant premises. Personnel Protective Equipment will be provided to all its employees who are involved in the handling of hazardous activities. The storage and handling of various chemicals will be according to the
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 214
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries norms of MSDS and the Inspector of Factories. Personnel involved in the production will be provided with protective clothing, helmets, goggles, masks, gloves, etc. These handling operations will be carried out under the strict supervision of the trained and highly skilled personnel. Supervision will be provided to ensure the usage of these PPE’s. Necessary fire fighting facilities like extinguishers, sand buckets, etc. will be provided to meet the on-site emergencies. A detailed On-site Emergency plan will be prepared and implemented comply the provisions of Factories Act. An agreement with a nearest hospital for treating the employees due to unforeseen emergencies will be entered into.
10.24 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES Socio-Economic Development activities will be implementing in coordination with the NGOs, Village Panchayats, and other Governmental Entities.
A. Social Activities: Health check up camps and Medical facilities to Infants and senior citizens, free medicine supply etc., will be provide on regular basis. Help Implement and Run a Safe Drinking Water in Timba Village where the project site is located to facilitate Healthy Water for both Drinking & Cooking Purposes. Contribution towards any development activity useful for village development.
B. Economic Activities: The company will give preference to the local people for employment. The company will be giving contract works like civil, machine repair, transportation, canteen, etc. to the local people / parties. The proposed project will create jobs for at least 20 persons.
10.25 WASTE MINIMIZATION / RESOURCE CONSERVATION 5 R Concept (Recycle / Refuse / Reduce / Reuse / Reform) In our company, the 5R, representing five environment-conscious words starting with the letter R, has been adopted as a keyword for environmental activities. The five environment-conscious words include the three R words of the 3R, the keyword for establishing a recycling-oriented society, and two additional words that are "Refuse" and "Reform".
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 215
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Refuse: Avoid purchase of environmentally burdensome materials whenever possible Reduce: Reduce waste material Reuse: Reuse waste material without processing Reform: Reuse materials in a different form Recycle: Reuse materials as resources We will achieve the above concept; all efforts will be made by the industry to carryout R&D on the isolated by-products / wastes.
FIGURE- 10.5: 5 R CONCEPT
The units shall also implement the waste minimization circle including:
Good House Keeping: Proper housekeeping practices make the system easier and less costly. Roof water harvesting system shall be adopted to reduce the fresh water requirement. Cleaner production technology may be adopted for the resource conservation and pollution control.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 216
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
CREP ACTION POINTS FOR EMULSION & ADHESIVE INDUSTRIES
S. No GUIDELINES COMPLIANCES There is no generation of Process effluents
Segregation of waste streams: The generated effluents are Boiler Waste streams should be segregated blow down ,Cooling tower bleed off into high COD waste ,toxic waste, low and Domestic waste water 1. COD waste, inorganic waste etc, for the purpose of providing appropriate The generated effluent water is treatment neutralized, clarified and Evaporated in FE system. Condensate water will be used in cooling tower make up Detoxification and treatment of
high COD waste streams High COD 2. Not applicable as there is no streams will be detoxified and treated generation of process effluents in ETP. Covered raised platform with leachate collection pit will be Hazardous solid waste provided for storage of Hazardous Management waste. Hazardous waste will be Proper facilities should be provided segregated as Inorganic waste and for handling and storage of hazardous recyclable waste like waste / used waste. oils etc. For final disposal of hazardous waste,
recycling and reuse should be given 3 Inorganic waste like process priority, either within the premises or inorganic waste, ETP sludge, outside with proper manifest system. evaporation salts etc., will be sent to In case of incinerable waste, property TSDF for landfill. Industry will obtain designed incinerator should be membership after obtaining CFE installed within the premises or and enter into agreement with TSDF outside as a common facility. after obtaining CFO since facility will
require sample for analysis for acceptance by TSDF Membership with CETP is not required for this unit as industry is proposing for ETP – FE system for Minimum scale of production to reusing the treated water into afford cost of pollution control cooling towers. For new industries which are not
connected with CETP & TSDF and Industry is proposing to take 4 which do not have the economics to membership with TSDF for sending install treatment facilities may not be the inorganic waste for landfill. considered for granting consent to
establishment. Industry association Project proponent is proposing new shall submit proposal to SPCB/CPCB industry for manufacturing of PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesives with an overall
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 217
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
investment on pollution control equipment of Rs. 4.0 Lakhs and recurring cost Will be about Rs.2.0 Lakhs per annum. Long term strategies for reduction in waste
Consent for establishment and
consent for operation under the Water
Act will be based on pollution load 5 Manufacturing process is very and concentration of pollutants. Each simple as there is no Air pollution industry will submit pollution load, and water pollution concentration of final discharge along
with water balance to SPCB/CPCB for formulation of strategy Control of air pollution Industry will Chemicals will be stored under take up in priority the control of controlled conditions in tanks and hazardous air pollutants (such as drums. Handling of these chemicals benzene carbon tetrachloride 1-4 6 will be made through dedicated dioxane, methanol, toluene, methyl pipelines from storage tanks to day chloride etc). And odorous tanks and as per SOP for the compounds (mecaptans & hydrogen remaining. sulphide). Self – regulation by Industry through regular monitoring and environmental Detailed Environmental monitoring auditing program has been developed for the 7 Industries on their will carry out proposed project and incorporated monitoring environmental parameters, in this chapter. audit it at regular interval and submit the same to SPCB. Organizational restructuring and accreditation of Environmental The project proponent will create Manager of Industry Environment, Health and Safety (a) Environment management cell will [EHS] cell which will be headed by be created for each industry reporting PG with enough experience in 8 to CEO directly- Implementation by similar industry. June2003. (b) There should be a certification Training will be provided to all the system for the environmental newly recruited employees including managers at individual level and regular training /mock drills. common facility level. Proposed inventory based on the production quantities. Research for Optimizing the inventory of hazardous alternative processes for production chemicals will be carried out regularly and 9 The Information shall be submitted to progress if any will be notified to SPCB regularly along with rational- SPCB/MoEF&CC. action plan Maximum storage will be about 15 days.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 218
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
10.26 CONCLUSION The industrialization plays an important role in their development process. The countries with rapidly growing industrial sector were able to manage the development problems particularly employment, poverty and inequality. The Industrial development as legitimate objective to solve economic and social problems, therefore project Management have appropriately decided to setup a manufacturing unit. The infrastructure like water and regular supply of power, availability of adequate skilled, semi-skilled man power at reasonable salaries and wages, local amenities at reasonable cost, has encouraged the technocrat. Importantly, the helping hand extended to the most experienced and reputed person in the Emulsion & Synthetic Adhesives manufacturing industrial belt, by the state Government in meeting the needs of the aspirant. The likely adverse effects due to the operations of the unit are very marginal and negligible. More over the residential area is far away. However, the effective implementation of the recommended Environ Management Plan and Monitoring Program, all the negative effects on the environment will be mitigated. Implement ISO 14001 & OHSAS 18001 to help Environmental, Safety and Occupational Health Management. As the industry has to obtain Environment Clearance prior to operation, has submitted this application.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 219
CHAPTER -XI
SUMMARY & CONCLUSION [SUMMARY OF EIA REPORT]
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
CHAPTER – XI PROJECT SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS
Ratankamal Industries Proposed to establish a PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesives manufacturing unit with the production capacity of 1200 TPM.
11.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT S. No Contents Details Ratankamal Industries Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part 1 Name of the Project: -II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahmedabad District, Gujarat. Kalpanaben S Jaithaliya, Proprietress, 14 & 15, 2nd Floor, Rudraksh Complex, 2 Details of Applicant Opp. Annapurna Hotel, Phase-I, GIDC, Vatva, Ahmedabad-382445 E-mail: [email protected] Ratankamal Industries Proposed to establish PVA Emulsion & Synthetic Wood Adhesive manufacturing unit at 3 Status Plot No: 65-F & G, Soham Industrial Park, Part -II, Block No. 312 & 313, Timba Village, Daskroi Tahsil, Bareja - Mahijada, Navapura, Dholka Road, Ahmedabad District, Gujarat. Industrial land. 4 Type of Land & Status Proposed Land: 0.46 Acres (1869 SQM) Capital Investment of the 5 1.25 Crores Project, Rs. in Crores Capital cost for EMP, Rs. 6 17.5 Lakhs in Lakhs Recurring cost for EMP, 7 8.0 Lakhs Rs. in Lakhs 8 Employment opportunity 20 persons It is envisaged to develop greenbelt on all sides 9 Green belt Development of the industry in an area of about 0.16 Acres (650 SQM).
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter -XI Page 220
Draft EIA Report Ratankamal Industries
Pollution control measures adopted 1.2 KLD of net effluent generated will be sent to Effluent water disposal FE System Adequate stack height of 11 mts will be provided for wider dispersion of pollutants Flue gas emission control
For SPM control, provided cyclone separator Vent condensers to the storage tanks and reactors 10 Fugitive emission control Solvents and chemicals are handling in closed system All the hazardous waste will be collected, stored, handled, transported and disposed to TSDF as per the Hazardous Waste Hazardous waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary management Movement) Rules, 2016, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable to industry. Expenditure for CSR 11 Rs. 6.25 Lakhs for five years. activities
11.2 CONCLUSIONS It can be concluded on a positive note that due to the adequate provision and efficient operation of Environmental Management Systems and after the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures and environmental management plans, the project activities during the construction and operation phase would have manageable & largely have reversible impacts on the environment, and on balance the project would be beneficial to surrounding communities and the region.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter -XI Page 221
ENCLOSURES
ENCLOSURE - I
NABET ACCREDITATION DETAILS
Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations
Scope of Accreditation As per NABET Scheme Project or Activity as per Schedule of S. No. Consultant Organization MoEFCC Notification Sector Name of Sector Category dated September 14, Number 2006 and subsequent Amendments suitable for Cat. A. However, the organization as a whole was accredited for Cat. B, in view of their having scored less than 60% marks in Office Assessment. Thus, the ACO cannot take up Cat. A projects.
Conditions apply
Mining of minerals including 1 B 1(a) (i) opencast/underground mining Right Source Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Pesticides industry and 5 (b) Address: Plot No.203, H.No.5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, pesticide specific 17 A Kukatpally, Hyderabad- 500072 intermediates(excluding formulation) Synthetic organic chemicals E.mail: [email protected] 124 industry(dyes & dye [email protected] intermediates bulk drug, and intermediates excluding drug 5 (f) 21 A Tel.:04023070602/23075699/40126589/65873137, formulation, synthetic rubbers, 09885560011 basic organic chemicals, other
synthetic organic chemicals and Conditions apply chemical intermediates.
Isolated storage & handling of 28 hazardous chemicals (As per B 6 (b) threshold planning quality
List of Accredited Consultant Organizations (Alphabetically) Rev. 63 March 05, 2018 Page 121
Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations
Scope of Accreditation As per NABET Scheme Project or Activity as per Schedule of S. No. Consultant Organization MoEFCC Notification Sector Name of Sector Category dated September 14, Number 2006 and subsequent Amendments indicated in column 3 of schedule 2 & 3 of MSIHC Rules 1989 amended 2000) Common effluent treatment 36 B 7 (h) plants (CETPs) Building and construction 8 (a) 38 project B
3 River Valley projects B 1 (c) Rites Limited 29 Air ports A 7 (a)
34 Highways A 7 (f) Address: RITES Bhawan, Plot no. 1, Sector 29,Gurgaon- 35 Aerial ropeways A 7 (g) 122001 Common municipal solid waste 125 37 B 7 (i) management facility (CMSWMF) E-mail: [email protected], Building and construction Tel.: 9810404276 38 B 8 (a) projects
Townships and Area Conditions apply 39 B 8 (b) development projects
Metallurgical industries - SBA Enviro Systems Pvt Ltd. 8 B 3 (a) (ferrous & nonferrous) 126 Leather/ skin/ hide processing 15 A** 4 (f) Address: 201, DDA Local Shopping Centre, E industry
List of Accredited Consultant Organizations (Alphabetically) Rev. 63 March 05, 2018 Page 122